Quarterly Report (10-q)

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 ______________________________________________
FORM 10-Q
______________________________________________ 
(Mark One)
ý
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2015
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                    to                    .
Commission File Number 001-34066
______________________________________________ 
PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
______________________________________________ 
Delaware
 
36-3681151
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
120 South LaSalle Street,
Chicago, Illinois
 
60603
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(zip code)
(312) 564-2000
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
______________________________________________ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
ý
Accelerated filer
 
¨
 
 
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
 
¨ 
Smaller reporting company
 
¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes  ¨    No  ý
As of October 31, 2015, there were 79,051,298 shares of the issuer’s voting common stock, no par value, outstanding.


Table of Contents

PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
FORM 10-Q
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


2

Table of Contents

PART 1. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Amounts in thousands, except shares and per share data)
 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
 
(Unaudited)
 
(Audited)
Assets
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
145,477

 
$
132,211

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
231,600

 
292,341

Loans held-for-sale
76,225

 
115,161

Securities available-for-sale, at fair value (pledged as collateral to creditors: $157.2 million - 2015; $86.5 million - 2014)
1,703,926

 
1,645,344

Securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value: $1.3 billion - 2015; $1.1 billion - 2014)
1,293,433

 
1,129,285

Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") stock
30,740

 
28,666

Loans – excluding covered assets, net of unearned fees
13,079,314

 
11,892,219

Allowance for loan losses
(162,868
)
 
(152,498
)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses and unearned fees
12,916,446

 
11,739,721

Covered assets
28,559

 
34,132

Allowance for covered loan losses
(6,337
)
 
(5,191
)
Covered assets, net of allowance for covered loan losses
22,222

 
28,941

Other real estate owned, excluding covered assets
12,760

 
17,416

Premises, furniture, and equipment, net
38,265

 
39,143

Accrued interest receivable
43,064

 
40,531

Investment in bank owned life insurance
56,292

 
55,207

Goodwill
94,041

 
94,041

Other intangible assets
4,008

 
5,885

Derivative assets
59,978

 
43,062

Other assets
166,128

 
196,427

Total assets
$
16,894,605

 
$
15,603,382

Liabilities
 
 
 
Demand deposits:
 
 
 
Noninterest-bearing
$
4,068,816

 
$
3,516,695

Interest-bearing
1,264,201

 
1,907,320

Savings deposits and money market accounts
6,249,485

 
5,171,025

Time deposits
2,315,237

 
2,494,928

Total deposits
13,897,739

 
13,089,968

Deposits held-for-sale

 
122,216

Short-term borrowings
514,121

 
432,385

Long-term debt
694,788

 
344,788

Accrued interest payable
6,509

 
6,948

Derivative liabilities
21,967

 
26,767

Other liabilities
111,482

 
98,631

Total liabilities
15,246,606

 
14,121,703

Equity
 
 
 
Common stock (no par value, $1 stated value; authorized shares: 174 million; issued shares: 78,865,355 - 2015 and 78,179,542 - 2014)
78,197

 
77,211

Treasury stock, at cost (1,601 - 2015 and 1,704 - 2014)
(63
)
 
(53
)
Additional paid-in capital
1,060,274

 
1,034,048

Retained earnings
480,342

 
349,556

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
29,249

 
20,917

Total equity
1,647,999

 
1,481,679

Total liabilities and equity
$
16,894,605

 
$
15,603,382

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

3

Table of Contents

PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, including fees
$
132,106

 
$
119,211

 
$
380,455

 
$
343,106

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
168

 
142

 
674

 
423

Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
13,599

 
13,370

 
40,696

 
40,250

Exempt from Federal income taxes
2,177

 
1,529

 
5,964

 
4,490

Other interest income
69

 
48

 
180

 
140

Total interest income
148,119

 
134,300

 
427,969

 
388,409

Interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
937

 
918

 
2,909

 
2,702

Savings deposits and money market accounts
5,119

 
4,173

 
14,682

 
12,234

Time deposits
5,782

 
5,723

 
17,151

 
15,563

Short-term borrowings
24

 
158

 
455

 
495

Long-term debt
5,048

 
6,570

 
14,948

 
19,554

Total interest expense
16,910

 
17,542

 
50,145

 
50,548

Net interest income
131,209

 
116,758

 
377,824

 
337,861

Provision for loan and covered loan losses
4,197

 
3,890

 
11,959

 
7,924

Net interest income after provision for loan and covered loan losses
127,012

 
112,868

 
365,865

 
329,937

Non-interest Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset management
4,462

 
4,240

 
13,566

 
13,027

Mortgage banking
3,340

 
2,904

 
11,267

 
7,162

Capital markets products
3,098

 
3,253

 
12,189

 
12,342

Treasury management
8,010

 
6,935

 
22,758

 
20,210

Loan, letter of credit and commitment fees
5,670

 
4,970

 
15,690

 
14,410

Syndication fees
4,364

 
6,818

 
12,361

 
15,571

Deposit service charges and fees and other income
1,585

 
1,546

 
8,740

 
3,912

Net securities gains
260

 
3

 
793

 
530

Total non-interest income
30,789

 
30,669

 
97,364

 
87,164

Non-interest Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
50,019

 
46,421

 
152,400

 
135,446

Net occupancy and equipment expense
8,180

 
7,807

 
24,203

 
23,311

Technology and related costs
3,583

 
3,362

 
10,424

 
9,850

Marketing
3,682

 
3,752

 
11,926

 
9,754

Professional services
3,679

 
2,626

 
8,574

 
8,290

Outsourced servicing costs
1,786

 
1,736

 
5,500

 
5,050

Net foreclosed property expenses
1,080

 
1,631

 
2,993

 
7,225

Postage, telephone, and delivery
857

 
839

 
2,618

 
2,591

Insurance
3,667

 
3,077

 
10,328

 
8,996

Loan and collection expense
2,324

 
2,099

 
6,802

 
4,728

Other expenses
6,318

 
4,486

 
14,449

 
13,810

Total non-interest expense
85,175

 
77,836

 
250,217

 
229,051

Income before income taxes
72,626

 
65,701

 
213,012

 
188,050

Income tax provision
27,358

 
25,174

 
79,838

 
72,194

Net income available to common stockholders
$
45,268

 
$
40,527

 
$
133,174

 
$
115,856

Per Common Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
$
0.58

 
$
0.52

 
$
1.70

 
$
1.48

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.57

 
$
0.51

 
$
1.67

 
$
1.47

Cash dividends declared
$
0.01

 
$
0.01

 
$
0.03

 
$
0.03

Weighted-average common shares outstanding
78,144

 
77,110

 
77,834

 
76,951

Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding
79,401

 
77,934

 
79,027

 
77,721

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

4

Table of Contents

PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited) 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net income
$
45,268

 
$
40,527

 
$
133,174

 
$
115,856

Other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains (losses)
9,264

 
(7,103
)
 
3,857

 
8,133

Reclassification of net gains included in net income
(385
)
 
(3
)
 
(918
)
 
(530
)
Income tax (expense) benefit
(3,461
)
 
2,757

 
(1,180
)
 
(3,007
)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities
5,418

 
(4,349
)
 
1,759

 
4,596

Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net unrealized gains (losses)
10,261

 
(2,168
)
 
18,387

 
9,710

Reclassification of net gains included in net income
(2,571
)
 
(2,456
)
 
(7,643
)
 
(6,763
)
Income tax (expense) benefit
(2,987
)
 
1,803

 
(4,171
)
 
(1,151
)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges
4,703

 
(2,821
)
 
6,573

 
1,796

Other comprehensive income (loss)
10,121

 
(7,170
)
 
8,332

 
6,392

Comprehensive income
$
55,389

 
$
33,357

 
$
141,506

 
$
122,248

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

5

Table of Contents

PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)
(Unaudited) 
 
Common
Shares
Out-
standing
 
 
Common
Stock
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumu-
lated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Income
 
Total
Balance at January 1, 2014
77,707

 
 
$
76,825

 
$
(6,415
)
 
$
1,022,023

 
$
199,627

 
$
9,844

 
$
1,301,904

Comprehensive income (1)

 
 

 

 

 
115,856

 
6,392

 
122,248

Cash dividends declared ($0.03 per common share)

 
 

 

 

 
(2,360
)
 

 
(2,360
)
Common stock issued for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonvested (restricted) stock grants
376

 
 
(244
)
 
5,607

 
(5,363
)
 

 

 

Exercise of stock options
215

 
 
31

 
5,341

 
(1,370
)
 

 

 
4,002

Restricted stock activity
(10
)
 
 
531

 
360

 
(891
)
 

 

 

Deferred compensation plan
13

 
 

 
384

 
32

 

 

 
416

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation plans

 
 

 

 
2,933

 

 

 
2,933

Stock repurchased in connection with benefit plans
(180
)
 
 

 
(5,283
)
 

 

 

 
(5,283
)
Share-based compensation expense

 
 

 

 
11,449

 

 

 
11,449

Balance at September 30, 2014
78,121

 
 
$
77,143

 
$
(6
)
 
$
1,028,813

 
$
313,123

 
$
16,236

 
$
1,435,309

Balance at January 1, 2015
78,178

 
 
$
77,211

 
$
(53
)
 
$
1,034,048

 
$
349,556

 
$
20,917

 
$
1,481,679

Comprehensive income (1)

 
 

 

 

 
133,174

 
8,332

 
141,506

Cash dividends declared ($0.03 per common share)

 
 

 

 

 
(2,388
)
 

 
(2,388
)
Common stock issued for:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonvested (restricted) stock grants
251

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options
598

 
 
428

 
5,903

 
8,209

 

 

 
14,540

Restricted stock activity
6

 
 
558

 

 
(558
)
 

 

 

Deferred compensation plan
1

 
 

 
29

 
276

 

 

 
305

Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation

 
 

 

 
4,331

 

 

 
4,331

Stock repurchased in connection with benefit plans
(171
)
 
 

 
(5,942
)
 

 

 

 
(5,942
)
Share-based compensation expense

 
 

 

 
13,968

 

 

 
13,968

Balance at September 30, 2015
78,863

 
 
$
78,197

 
$
(63
)
 
$
1,060,274

 
$
480,342

 
$
29,249

 
$
1,647,999

(1) 
Net of taxes and reclassification adjustments.
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

6

Table of Contents

PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
Operating Activities
 
 
 
Net income
$
133,174

 
$
115,856

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Provision for loan and covered loan losses
11,959

 
7,924

Provision for unfunded commitments
2,931

 
638

Depreciation of premises, furniture, and equipment
6,361

 
6,514

Net amortization of premium on securities
13,201

 
10,827

Net securities gains
(793
)
 
(530
)
Valuation adjustments on other real estate owned
2,254

 
5,260

Net losses on sale of other real estate owned
399

 
358

Net amortization of discount on covered assets
282

 
293

Bank owned life insurance income
(1,085
)
 
(984
)
Net (decrease) increase in deferred loan fees
(3,687
)
 
1,569

Share-based compensation expense
13,968

 
11,449

Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted shares
(4,876
)
 
(3,341
)
Benefit for deferred income tax expense
(3,290
)
 
(5,165
)
Amortization of other intangibles
1,877

 
2,265

Originations and purchases of loans held-for-sale
(481,809
)
 
(351,440
)
Proceeds from sales of loans held-for-sale
530,442

 
326,363

Net gains from sales of loans held-for-sale
(9,605
)
 
(5,666
)
Gain on sale of branch
(4,092
)
 

Net increase in derivative assets and liabilities
(21,716
)
 
(7,388
)
Net increase in accrued interest receivable
(2,533
)
 
(2,697
)
Net (decrease) increase in accrued interest payable
(439
)
 
661

Net decrease in other assets
43,221

 
16,575

Net increase (decrease) in other liabilities
13,982

 
(326
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
240,126

 
129,015

Investing Activities
 
 
 
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from maturities, prepayments, and calls
159,121

 
176,823

Proceeds from sales
57,313

 
74,690

Purchases
(279,675
)
 
(190,032
)
Held-to-maturity securities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from maturities, prepayments, and calls
119,597

 
86,313

Purchases
(288,555
)
 
(240,332
)
Net (purchase) redemption of FHLB stock
(2,074
)
 
1,339

Net increase in loans
(1,189,890
)
 
(909,877
)
Net decrease in covered assets
6,228

 
36,213

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned
7,105

 
8,213

Net purchases of premises, furniture, and equipment
(5,483
)
 
(6,482
)
Net cash used in investing activities
(1,416,313
)
 
(963,132
)
Financing Activities
 
 
 
Net increase in deposit accounts, including deposits held-for-sale
685,555

 
964,071

Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings, excluding FHLB advances
57,736

 
(2,837
)
Net increase in FHLB advances
374,000

 
30,000

Stock repurchased in connection with benefit plans
(5,942
)
 
(5,283
)
Cash dividends paid
(2,358
)
 
(2,336
)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under benefit plans
14,845

 
4,418

Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options and vesting of restricted shares
4,876

 
3,341

Net cash provided by financing activities
1,128,712

 
991,374

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(47,475
)
 
157,257

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
424,552

 
440,062

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
377,077

 
$
597,319

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

7

Table of Contents

PRIVATEBANCORP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information:
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
$
50,584

 
$
49,887

Cash paid for income taxes
76,997

 
70,400

Non-cash transfers of loans to other real estate
5,102

 
2,576

Non-cash transfers of loans to loans held-for-sale
125,161

 
109,885

Non-cash transfers of deposits to deposits held-for-sale

 
128,508

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

8

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The accompanying unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of PrivateBancorp, Inc. ("PrivateBancorp" or the "Company"), a Delaware corporation, have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission for quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and do not include certain information and footnote disclosures required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP") for complete annual financial statements. Accordingly, these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

The accompanying unaudited consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and (where applicable) in accordance with accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by bank regulation and authority, and reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for the periods presented. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year or any other period.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts and results of operations of the Company and its subsidiary, The PrivateBank and Trust Company (the "Bank"), after elimination of all significant intercompany accounts and transactions. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, we have considered the impact of events occurring subsequent to September 30, 2015, for potential recognition or disclosure.

2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure - On January 1, 2015, we adopted new accounting guidance issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") that requires a creditor to derecognize a mortgage loan upon foreclosure and recognize a separate other receivable if the following conditions are met: (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure, (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under that claim, and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed. Upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable is measured based on the amount of the loan balance expected to be recovered from the guarantor. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans - On January 1, 2015, we adopted new accounting guidance issued by the FASB that clarifies when an entity is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. The guidance indicates that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or similar legal agreement. Additionally, the guidance requires disclosure of (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the Company and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures - On January 1, 2015, we adopted new accounting guidance issued by the FASB that amends the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and repurchase financings, except for the disclosures related to transactions accounted for as secured borrowings, which became effective for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning on April 1, 2015. Under the new guidance, repurchase-to-maturity transactions are accounted for as secured borrowings. Additionally, the initial transfer and related repurchase agreement in a

9

Table of Contents

repurchase financing must be considered separately, rather than as a linked transaction. In addition, new disclosures are required for (1) repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions, and repurchase-to-maturity transactions that are accounted for as secured borrowings, and (2) transfers accounted for as sales when the transferor also retains substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial assets throughout the term of the transaction. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement - In April 2015, the Company adopted new accounting guidance that clarifies how a customer in a cloud computing arrangement (such as the Company) should determine whether the arrangement includes a software license. Under the new guidance, if a cloud computing arrangement is deemed to include a software license for internal use software, the software license would be accounted for in the same manner as other licenses of intangible assets. If a cloud computing arrangement is not deemed to include a software license, the arrangement would be accounted for as a service contract. Previously, the Company was required to analogize to lease accounting guidance when determining the asset acquired in a software licensing arrangement. As permitted under the guidance, the Company has elected to apply the guidance prospectively to all new or materially modified arrangements entered into on or after the effective date. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Accounting Pronouncements Pending Adoption

Revenue from Contracts with Customers - In May 2014, the FASB issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard that will replace most of the existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP. All arrangements involving the transfer of goods or services to customers are within the scope of the guidance, except for certain contracts subject to other U.S. GAAP guidance, including lease contracts and rights and obligations related to financial instruments. The standard’s core principle is that an entity should recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance also includes new disclosure requirements related to the nature, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. The guidance is effective for the Company's financial statements beginning January 1, 2018. The Company may choose to apply the new standard either retrospectively or through a cumulative effect adjustment as of January 1, 2018. The Company is in the process of determining the effect of the new guidance on our financial position and consolidated results of operations, as well as which transition method to use.

Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period - In June 2014, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies the accounting for a performance target that affects vesting of a share-based payment award and that could be achieved after the requisite service period. The guidance indicates that such a performance target would not be reflected in the estimation of the award’s grant date fair value. Rather, compensation cost for such an award would be recognized over the requisite service period, if it is probable that the performance target will be achieved. The total amount of compensation cost recognized during and after the requisite service period would reflect the number of awards that are expected to vest and would be adjusted to reflect those awards that ultimately vest. The guidance will be effective for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning January 1, 2016 and applied prospectively to awards that are granted or modified after the effective date. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern - In August 2014, the FASB issued guidance that requires management to evaluate whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The guidance requires new disclosures to the extent management concludes there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. The guidance will be effective for the Company’s annual financial statements dated December 31, 2016, as well as interim periods thereafter. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or consolidated results of operations.

Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis - In February 2015, the FASB issued guidance that changes certain aspects of the variable interest and voting interest consolidation models. The amendments modify existing guidance on (1) the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) or voting interest entities, (2) when fee arrangements represent variable interests in a VIE, and (3) the primary beneficiary determination for VIEs. Additionally, the guidance eliminates the presumption that a general partner controls a limited partnership under the voting interest model and exempts reporting entities from consolidating money market funds that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The guidance will be effective for the Company’s financial statements that include periods beginning on January 1, 2016. The Company may choose to apply the guidance either retrospectively or through a cumulative effect adjustment as of January 1, 2016. The Company is in the process of determining the effect of the new guidance on our financial position and consolidated results of operations, as well as which transition method to use.

10

Table of Contents


Debt Issuance Costs - In April 2015, the FASB issued guidance to clarify the presentation of debt issuance costs within the balance sheet. This guidance requires that an entity present debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, not as a separate asset. The standard does not affect the current guidance for the recognition and measurement for debt issuance costs. This guidance will be effective for the Company's financial statements that include periods beginning January 1, 2016, and must be applied retrospectively. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or consolidated results of operations.

3. SECURITIES

Securities Portfolio
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized
 
Fair Value
 
Amortized Cost
 
Gross Unrealized
 
Fair Value
 
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
 
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Securities Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
$
268,078

 
$
1,702

 
$
(46
)
 
$
269,734

 
$
269,697

 
$
120

 
$
(1,552
)
 
$
268,265

U.S. Agency
46,619

 
116

 

 
46,735

 
46,959

 

 
(701
)
 
46,258

Collateralized mortgage obligations
104,380

 
4,037

 
(32
)
 
108,385

 
132,633

 
4,334

 
(34
)
 
136,933

Residential mortgage-backed securities
804,524

 
22,240

 
(1,169
)
 
825,595

 
822,746

 
25,058

 
(1,726
)
 
846,078

State and municipal securities
445,387

 
8,656

 
(566
)
 
453,477

 
340,810

 
7,222

 
(722
)
 
347,310

Foreign sovereign debt

 

 

 

 
500

 

 

 
500

Total
$
1,668,988

 
$
36,751

 
$
(1,813
)
 
$
1,703,926

 
$
1,613,345

 
$
36,734

 
$
(4,735
)
 
$
1,645,344

Securities Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
$
53,336

 
$

 
$
(1,179
)
 
$
52,157

 
$
59,960

 
$

 
$
(2,017
)
 
$
57,943

Residential mortgage-backed securities
1,017,011

 
12,187

 
(1,290
)
 
1,027,908

 
885,235

 
9,410

 
(2,483
)
 
892,162

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
218,164

 
2,292

 
(416
)
 
220,040

 
183,021

 
592

 
(2,176
)
 
181,437

State and municipal securities
369

 
4

 

 
373

 
1,069

 
4

 

 
1,073

Other securities
4,553

 

 
(554
)
 
3,999

 

 

 

 

Total
$
1,293,433

 
$
14,483

 
$
(3,439
)
 
$
1,304,477

 
$
1,129,285

 
$
10,006

 
$
(6,676
)
 
$
1,132,615


The carrying value of securities pledged to secure public deposits, FHLB advances, trust deposits, Federal Reserve Bank ("FRB") discount window borrowing availability, securities sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements"), derivative transactions, standby letters of credit with counterparty banks and for other purposes as permitted or required by law totaled $481.9 million and $353.1 million at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Of total pledged securities, securities pledged to creditors under agreements pursuant to which the collateral may be sold or re-pledged by the secured parties totaled $157.2 million and $86.5 million at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Excluding securities issued or backed by the U.S. Government, its agencies and U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, there were no investments in securities from one issuer that exceeded 10% of consolidated equity at September 30, 2015 or December 31, 2014.


11

Table of Contents

The following table presents the fair values of securities with unrealized losses as of September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014. The securities presented are grouped according to the time periods during which the securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position.

Securities in Unrealized Loss Position
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Less Than 12 Months
 
12 Months or Longer
 
Total
 
Number of Securities
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Number of Securities
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
As of September 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury

 
$

 
$

 
1

 
$
26,065

 
$
(46
)
 
$
26,065

 
$
(46
)
Collateralized mortgage obligations
3

 
4,993

 
(32
)
 

 

 

 
4,993

 
(32
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
7

 
40,475

 
(141
)
 
5

 
79,959

 
(1,028
)
 
120,434

 
(1,169
)
State and municipal securities
147

 
70,560

 
(529
)
 
13

 
4,154

 
(37
)
 
74,714

 
(566
)
Total

 
$
116,028

 
$
(702
)
 


 
$
110,178

 
$
(1,111
)
 
$
226,206

 
$
(1,813
)
Securities Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations

 
$

 
$

 
4

 
$
52,157

 
$
(1,179
)
 
$
52,157

 
$
(1,179
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
14

 
140,406

 
(542
)
 
10

 
59,947

 
(748
)
 
200,353

 
(1,290
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
8

 
31,292

 
(238
)
 
12

 
38,819

 
(178
)
 
70,111

 
(416
)
Other securities
1

 
3,999

 
(554
)
 

 

 

 
3,999

 
(554
)
Total

 
$
175,697

 
$
(1,334
)
 

 
$
150,923

 
$
(2,105
)
 
$
326,620

 
$
(3,439
)
As of December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
5

 
$
119,233

 
$
(159
)
 
5

 
$
123,117

 
$
(1,393
)
 
$
242,350

 
$
(1,552
)
U.S. Agency

 

 

 
3

 
46,258

 
(701
)
 
46,258

 
(701
)
Collateralized mortgage obligations
2

 
4,565

 
(34
)
 

 

 

 
4,565

 
(34
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 
4

 
89,085

 
(1,726
)
 
89,085

 
(1,726
)
State and municipal securities
116

 
53,092

 
(249
)
 
58

 
32,152

 
(473
)
 
85,244

 
(722
)
Total

 
$
176,890

 
$
(442
)
 


 
$
290,612

 
$
(4,293
)
 
$
467,502

 
$
(4,735
)
Securities Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations

 
$

 
$

 
4

 
$
57,943

 
$
(2,017
)
 
$
57,943

 
$
(2,017
)
Residential mortgage-backed securities
6

 
45,867

 
(38
)
 
18

 
162,564

 
(2,445
)
 
208,431

 
(2,483
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
4

 
10,021

 
(28
)
 
27

 
105,709

 
(2,148
)
 
115,730

 
(2,176
)
Total

 
$
55,888

 
$
(66
)
 

 
$
326,216

 
$
(6,610
)
 
$
382,104

 
$
(6,676
)

There were $261.1 million of securities with $3.2 million in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months at September 30, 2015. At December 31, 2014, there were $616.8 million of securities with $10.9 million in an unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months. The Company does not consider these unrealized losses to be credit-related. These unrealized losses relate to changes in interest rates and market spreads. We do not intend to sell the securities nor do we believe it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity.


12

Table of Contents

We conduct a periodic assessment of our investment portfolio to determine whether any securities are other-than-temporarily impaired ("OTTI"). When assessing unrealized losses for OTTI, we consider the nature of the investment, the financial condition of the issuer, the extent and duration of unrealized loss, expected cash flows of underlying assets and market conditions. For those debt securities that we intend to sell, or more-likely-than-not will be required to sell, prior to the expected recovery of the amortized cost, the entire impairment (i.e., the difference between amortized cost and the fair value) is recognized in earnings. During the three months ended September 30, 2015, we identified three municipal debt securities from the same issuer totaling $1.1 million, which had credit rating downgrades during the period. We determined that the difference between amortized cost and fair value is other-than-temporary and accordingly, recognized the difference of $125,000 in current operating results. Management intends to sell these available-for-sale securities. The loss was reported within net securities gains in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table presents the remaining contractual maturity of securities as of September 30, 2015, by amortized cost and fair value.

Remaining Contractual Maturity of Securities
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30, 2015
 
Available-For-Sale Securities
 
Held-To-Maturity Securities
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
U.S. Treasury, U.S. Agency, state and municipal and other securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One year or less
$
9,871

 
$
9,973

 
$
116

 
$
116

One year to five years
458,502

 
463,853

 
253

 
257

Five years to ten years
267,129

 
271,218

 
4,553

 
3,999

After ten years
24,582

 
24,902

 

 

All other securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
104,380

 
108,385

 
53,336

 
52,157

Residential mortgage-backed securities
804,524

 
825,595

 
1,017,011

 
1,027,908

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 
218,164

 
220,040

Total
$
1,668,988

 
$
1,703,926

 
$
1,293,433

 
$
1,304,477


The following table presents gains (losses) on securities for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014.
Securities Gains (Losses)
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Proceeds from sales
$
26,967

 
$
1,041

 
$
57,313

 
$
74,690

Gross realized gains
$
385

 
$
5

 
$
942

 
$
615

Gross realized losses (1)
(125
)
 
(2
)
 
(149
)
 
(85
)
Net realized gains
$
260

 
$
3

 
$
793

 
$
530

Income tax provision on net realized gains
$
98

 
$
1

 
$
308

 
$
209

(1) 
Includes OTTI of $125,000 for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, and is reported in the Consolidated Statement of Income within net security gains.

Refer to Note 10 for additional details of the securities available-for-sale portfolio and the related impact of unrealized gains (losses) on other comprehensive income.


13

Table of Contents

All non-marketable Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA") qualified investments, totaling $37.8 million and $21.6 million at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, are recorded in other assets on the Statements of Financial Condition.

4. LOANS AND CREDIT QUALITY

The following loan portfolio and credit quality disclosures exclude covered loans. Covered loans represent loans acquired through a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") assisted transaction that are subject to a loss share agreement and are presented separately in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Refer to the "Covered Assets" section in this footnote for further information regarding covered loans.

Loan Portfolio
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Commercial and industrial
$
6,654,268

 
$
5,996,070

Commercial - owner-occupied CRE
2,017,733

 
1,892,564

Total commercial
8,672,001

 
7,888,634

Commercial real estate
2,545,143

 
2,323,616

Commercial real estate - multi-family
704,195

 
593,103

Total commercial real estate
3,249,338

 
2,916,719

Construction
412,688

 
381,102

Residential real estate
439,005

 
361,565

Home equity
133,122

 
142,177

Personal
173,160

 
202,022

Total loans
$
13,079,314

 
$
11,892,219

Net deferred loan fees and unamortized discount and premium on loans, included as a reduction in total loans
$
43,330

 
$
47,017

Overdrawn demand deposits included in total loans
$
2,936

 
$
1,963


We primarily lend to businesses and consumers in the market areas in which we have physical locations. We seek to diversify our loan portfolio by loan type, industry type for commercial and industrial loans, product type for commercial real estate and construction loans, and borrower.

Loans Held-For-Sale
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Mortgage loans held-for-sale (1)
$
24,065

 
$
42,215

Other loans held-for-sale (2)
52,160

 
72,946

Total loans held-for-sale
$
76,225

 
$
115,161

(1) 
Comprised of residential mortgage loan originations intended to be sold in the secondary market. The Company accounts for these loans under the fair value option. Refer to Note 16 for additional information regarding mortgage loans held-for-sale.
(2) 
Amounts at September 30, 2015, represent commercial, commercial real estate and construction loans carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Generally, the Company intends to sell these loans within 30-60 days from the date the intent to sell was established. Amounts at December 31, 2014, consist of $36.6 million of commercial, commercial real estate and construction loans carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value and $36.3 million of commercial, commercial real estate, construction, home equity and personal loans held-for-sale in connection with the sale of the Company's banking office located in Norcross, Georgia, which closed in January 2015.


14

Table of Contents

Carrying Value of Loans Pledged
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Loans pledged to secure outstanding borrowings or availability:
 
 
 
FRB discount window borrowings (1)
$
416,573

 
$
478,692

FHLB advances (2)
4,550,246

 
1,576,168

Total
$
4,966,819

 
$
2,054,860

(1) 
No borrowings were outstanding at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(2) 
Refer to Notes 7 and 8 for additional information regarding FHLB advances.

Loan Portfolio Aging
(Amounts in thousands)

 
 
 
Delinquent
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
 
30 – 59
Days Past Due
 
60 – 89
Days Past Due
 
90 Days Past
Due and
Accruing
 
Total
Accruing
Loans
 
Nonaccrual
 
Total Loans
As of September 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
8,649,998

 
$
632

 
$
3,001

 
$

 
$
8,653,631

 
$
18,370

 
$
8,672,001

Commercial real estate
3,236,785

 
351

 
161

 

 
3,237,297

 
12,041

 
3,249,338

Construction
412,688

 

 

 

 
412,688

 

 
412,688

Residential real estate
434,173

 

 
560

 

 
434,733

 
4,272

 
439,005

Home equity
123,278

 
321

 
250

 

 
123,849

 
9,273

 
133,122

Personal
171,990

 
932

 
212

 

 
173,134

 
26

 
173,160

Total loans
$
13,028,912

 
$
2,236

 
$
4,184

 
$

 
$
13,035,332

 
$
43,982

 
$
13,079,314

As of December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
7,855,833

 
$
762

 
$
992

 
$

 
$
7,857,587

 
$
31,047

 
$
7,888,634

Commercial real estate
2,891,301

 
5,408

 
261

 

 
2,896,970

 
19,749

 
2,916,719

Construction
380,939

 
163

 

 

 
381,102

 

 
381,102

Residential real estate
354,717

 
943

 
631

 

 
356,291

 
5,274

 
361,565

Home equity
128,500

 
397

 
2,236

 

 
131,133

 
11,044

 
142,177

Personal
201,569

 
23

 

 

 
201,592

 
430

 
202,022

Total loans
$
11,812,859

 
$
7,696

 
$
4,120

 
$

 
$
11,824,675

 
$
67,544

 
$
11,892,219


Impaired Loans

Impaired loans consist of nonaccrual loans (which include nonaccrual troubled debt restructurings ("TDRs")) and loans classified as accruing TDRs. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, either (i) management believes that it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, or (ii) it has been classified as a TDR.


15

Table of Contents

The following two tables present our recorded investment in impaired loans outstanding by product segment, including our recorded investment in impaired loans, which represents the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income, deferred loan fees and costs, and any direct principal charge-offs.

Impaired Loans
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Unpaid
Contractual
Principal
Balance
 
Recorded
Investment
With No
Specific
Reserve
 
Recorded
Investment
With
Specific
Reserve
 
Total
Recorded
Investment
 
Specific
Reserve
As of September 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
50,150

 
$
30,841

 
$
11,125

 
$
41,966

 
$
5,468

Commercial real estate
18,524

 
3,289

 
8,752

 
12,041

 
1,465

Residential real estate
4,459

 

 
4,272

 
4,272

 
558

Home equity
11,979

 
4,263

 
7,111

 
11,374

 
1,575

Personal
26

 

 
26

 
26

 
6

Total impaired loans
$
85,138

 
$
38,393

 
$
31,286

 
$
69,679

 
$
9,072

As of December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
60,174

 
$
25,739

 
$
26,432

 
$
52,171

 
$
11,487

Commercial real estate
26,738

 
9,755

 
10,193

 
19,948

 
2,441

Residential real estate
5,849

 
349

 
4,925

 
5,274

 
735

Home equity
12,904

 
3,627

 
8,839

 
12,466

 
1,855

Personal
430

 

 
430

 
430

 
109

Total impaired loans
$
106,095

 
$
39,470

 
$
50,819

 
$
90,289

 
$
16,627


Average Recorded Investment and Interest Income Recognized on Impaired Loans (1) 
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
Commercial
$
53,886

 
$
287

 
$
54,559

 
$
428

Commercial real estate
12,656

 

 
23,841

 
16

Residential real estate
4,332

 

 
9,522

 

Home equity
11,942

 
34

 
11,696

 
22

Personal
25

 

 
560

 

Total
$
82,841

 
$
321

 
$
100,178

 
$
466

(1) 
Represents amounts while classified as impaired for the periods presented.


16

Table of Contents

Average Recorded Investment and Interest Income Recognized on Impaired Loans (1) (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
Commercial
$
54,331

 
$
788

 
$
49,593

 
$
1,229

Commercial real estate
15,170

 
13

 
36,351

 
60

Residential real estate
4,594

 

 
9,665

 

Home equity
12,653

 
79

 
12,628

 
67

Personal
217

 

 
609

 

Total
$
86,965

 
$
880

 
$
108,846

 
$
1,356

(1) 
Represents amounts while classified as impaired for the periods presented.

Credit Quality Indicators

We attempt to mitigate risk through loan structure, collateral, monitoring, and other credit risk management controls. We have adopted an internal risk rating policy in which each loan is rated for credit quality with a numerical rating of 1 through 8. Loans rated 5 and better (1-5 ratings, inclusive) are considered "pass" rated credits that we believe exhibit acceptable financial performance, cash flow, and leverage. Credits rated 6 are performing in accordance with contractual terms but are considered "special mention" as these credits demonstrate potential weakness that, if left unresolved, may result in deterioration in our credit position and/or the repayment prospects for the credit. Borrowers rated special mention may exhibit adverse operating trends, high leverage, tight liquidity or other credit concerns. Loans rated 7 may be classified as either accruing ("potential problem") or nonaccrual ("nonperforming"). Potential problem loans, like special mention, are loans that are performing in accordance with contractual terms, but for which management has some level of concern (greater than that of special mention loans) about the ability of the borrowers to meet existing repayment terms in future periods. Potential problem loans continue to accrue interest but the ultimate collection of these loans in full is a risk due to the same conditions that characterize a 6-rated credit. These credits may also have somewhat increased risk profiles as a result of the current net worth and/or paying capacity of the obligor or guarantors or a declining value of the collateral pledged. These loans generally have a well-defined weakness that may jeopardize collection of the debt and are characterized by the distinct possibility that we may sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not resolved. Although these loans are generally identified as potential problem loans and require additional attention by management, they may never become nonperforming. Nonperforming loans include nonaccrual loans risk rated 7 or 8 and have all the weaknesses inherent in a 7-rated potential problem loan with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently-existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. Special mention, potential problem and nonperforming loans are reviewed at a minimum on a quarterly basis, while all other rated credits over a certain dollar threshold, depending on loan type, are reviewed annually or more frequently as the circumstances warrant.


17

Table of Contents

Credit Quality Indicators
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Special
Mention
 
% of
Portfolio
Loan
Type
 
 
Potential
Problem
Loans
 
% of
Portfolio
Loan
Type
 
 
Non-
Performing
Loans
 
% of
Portfolio
Loan
Type
 
 
Total Loans
As of September 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
139,622

 
1.6
 
 
$
116,345

 
1.3
 
 
$
18,370

 
0.2
 
 
$
8,672,001

Commercial real estate
77

 
*
 
 
2,687

 
0.1
 
 
12,041

 
0.4
 
 
3,249,338

Construction

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
412,688

Residential real estate
6,029

 
1.4
 
 
6,071

 
1.4
 
 
4,272

 
1.0
 
 
439,005

Home equity
487

 
0.4
 
 
2,696

 
2.0
 
 
9,273

 
7.0
 
 
133,122

Personal
612

 
0.4
 
 
151

 
0.1
 
 
26

 
*
 
 
173,160

Total
$
146,827

 
1.1
 
 
$
127,950

 
1.0
 
 
$
43,982

 
0.3
 
 
$
13,079,314

As of December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
93,130

 
1.2
 
 
$
78,562

 
1.0
 
 
$
31,047

 
0.4
 
 
$
7,888,634

Commercial real estate
3,552

 
0.1
 
 
746

 
*
 
 
19,749

 
0.7
 
 
2,916,719

Construction

 
 
 

 
 
 

 
 
 
381,102

Residential real estate
2,964

 
0.8
 
 
5,981

 
1.7
 
 
5,274

 
1.5
 
 
361,565

Home equity
1,170

 
0.8
 
 
2,108

 
1.5
 
 
11,044

 
7.8
 
 
142,177

Personal
173

 
0.1
 
 
45

 
*
 
 
430

 
0.2
 
 
202,022

Total
$
100,989

 
0.8
 
 
$
87,442

 
0.7
 
 
$
67,544

 
0.6
 
 
$
11,892,219

*
Less than 0.1%

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans Outstanding
(Amounts in thousands)
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Accruing
 
Nonaccrual (1)
 
Accruing
 
Nonaccrual (1)
Commercial
$
23,596

 
$
10,674

 
$
21,124

 
$
20,113

Commercial real estate

 
9,397

 
199

 
8,005

Residential real estate

 
1,308

 

 
1,881

Home equity
2,101

 
5,402

 
1,422

 
5,886

Personal

 

 

 
413

Total
$
25,697

 
$
26,781

 
$
22,745

 
$
36,298

(1) 
Included in nonperforming loans.

At September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, credit commitments to lend additional funds to debtors whose loan terms have been modified in a TDR (both accruing and nonaccruing) totaled $10.2 million and $8.5 million, respectively.


18

Table of Contents

Additions to Accruing Troubled Debt Restructurings During the Period
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Number of
Borrowers
 
Recorded Investment (1)
 
Number of
Borrowers
 
Recorded Investment (1)
 
 
Pre-
Modification
 
Post-
Modification
 
 
Pre-
Modification
 
Post-
Modification
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extension of maturity date (2)
2

 
$
7,800

 
$
7,800

 
1

 
$
16,325

 
$
16,325

Other concession (3)

 

 

 
1

 
1,904

 
1,904

Total accruing
2

 
$
7,800

 
$
7,800

 
2

 
$
18,229

 
$
18,229

 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
Recorded Investment (1)
 
 
 
Recorded Investment (1)
 
Number of
Borrowers
 
Pre-
Modification
 
Post-
Modification
 
Number of
Borrowers
 
Pre-
Modification
 
Post-
Modification
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extension of maturity date (2)
7

 
$
23,609

 
$
23,328

 
3

 
$
20,075

 
$
20,075

Other concession (3)

 

 

 
3

 
17,483

 
17,483

Total commercial
7

 
23,609

 
23,328

 
6

 
37,558

 
37,558

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other concession (3)

 

 

 
1

 
426

 
426

Home equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extension of maturity date (2)
1

 
346

 
346

 

 

 

Total accruing
8

 
$
23,955

 
$
23,674

 
7

 
$
37,984

 
$
37,984

Change in recorded investment due to principal paydown at time of modification
 
 
 
 
$
281

 
 
 
 
 
$

(1) 
Represents amounts as of the date immediately prior to and immediately after the modification is effective.
(2) 
Extension of maturity date also includes loans renewed at an existing rate of interest that is considered a below market rate for that particular loan’s risk profile.
(3) 
Other concessions primarily include interest rate reductions, loan increases or deferrals of principal.


19

Table of Contents

Additions to Nonaccrual Troubled Debt Restructurings During the Period
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Number of
Borrowers
 
Recorded Investment (1)
 
Number of
Borrowers
 
Recorded Investment (1)
 
 
Pre-
Modification
 
Post-
Modification
 
 
Pre-
Modification
 
Post-
Modification
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extension of maturity date (2)
1

 
$
19

 
$
19

 

 
$

 
$

Other concession (3)
1

 
4,473

 
4,473

 
4

 
17,046

 
17,046

Total commercial
2

 
4,492

 
4,492

 
4

 
17,046

 
17,046

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other concession (3)

 

 

 
1

 
653

 
686

Home equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other concession (3)
2

 
276

 
276

 
1

 
544

 
607

Total nonaccrual
4

 
$
4,768

 
$
4,768

 
6

 
$
18,243

 
$
18,339

 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
Recorded Investment (1)
 
 
 
Recorded Investment (1)
 
Number of
Borrowers
 
Pre-
Modification
 
Post-
Modification
 
Number of
Borrowers
 
Pre-
Modification
 
Post-
Modification
Commercial
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extension of maturity date (2)
5

 
$
2,602

 
$
2,602

 

 
$

 
$

Other concession (3)
3

 
7,253

 
7,246

 
8

 
17,599

 
17,549

Total commercial
8

 
9,855

 
9,848

 
8

 
17,599

 
17,549

Commercial real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extension of maturity date (2)
2

 
1,747

 
1,660

 

 

 

Other concession (3)
1

 
3,773

 
3,773

 
2

 
1,773

 
1,806

Total commercial real estate
3

 
5,520

 
5,433

 
2

 
1,773

 
1,806

Residential real estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other concession (3)

 

 

 
3

 
496

 
566

Home equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Extension of maturity date (2)
3

 
170

 
165

 
1

 
114

 
114

Other concession (3)
4

 
353

 
353

 
4

 
1,659

 
1,722

Total home equity
7

 
523

 
518

 
5

 
1,773

 
1,836

Total nonaccrual
18

 
$
15,898

 
$
15,799

 
18

 
$
21,641

 
$
21,757

Net decrease in recorded investment at time of modification
 
 
 
 
$
99

 
 
 
 
 
$
50

(1) 
Represents amounts as of the date immediately prior to and immediately after the modification is effective.
(2) 
Extension of maturity date also includes loans renewed at an existing rate of interest that is considered a below market rate for that particular loan’s risk profile.
(3) 
Other concessions primarily include interest rate reductions, loan increases or deferrals of principal.

At the time an accruing loan becomes modified and meets the definition of a TDR, it is considered impaired and no longer included as part of the general loan loss reserve population. However, our general loan loss reserve methodology does consider the amount and product type of the TDRs removed as a proxy for potentially heightened risk in the general portfolio when establishing final reserve requirements.


20

Table of Contents

As impaired loans, TDRs (both accruing and nonaccruing) are evaluated for impairment at the end of each quarter with a specific valuation reserve created, or adjusted (either individually or as part of a pool), if necessary, as a component of the allowance for loan losses. Refer to the "Impaired Loan" and "Allowance for Loan Loss" sections of Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," in the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" of our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K regarding our policy for assessing potential impairment on such loans. Our allowance for loan losses included $4.9 million and $10.6 million in specific reserves for nonaccrual TDRs at September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively. For accruing TDRs, there were $14,000 specific reserves at September 30, 2015 and none at December 31, 2014, respectively, as the present value of cash flows for the restructured loan were greater than the recorded investment in the loan at December 31, 2014.

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, a single commercial real estate loan totaling $175,000 became nonperforming within 12 months of being modified as an accruing TDR. During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, a single commercial real estate loan totaling $699,000 became nonperforming within 12 months of being modified as an accruing TDR. A loan typically becomes nonperforming and placed on nonaccrual status when the principal or interest payments are 90 days past due based on contractual terms or when an individual analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates a loan should be placed on nonaccrual status earlier than the 90-day past due date.

Other Real Estate Owned

The following table presents the composition of property acquired as a result of borrower defaults on loans secured by real property.

OREO Composition
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Single-family homes
$
6,354

 
$
7,902

Land parcels
2,664

 
4,237

Multi-family
598

 
488

Office/industrial
1,799

 
3,832

Retail
1,345

 
957

Total OREO properties
$
12,760

 
$
17,416


The recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which foreclosure proceedings are in process totaled $5.1 million at September 30, 2015, and $5.5 million at December 31, 2014.

Covered Assets

Covered assets represent acquired residential mortgage loans and foreclosed real estate covered under a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC and include an indemnification receivable representing the present value of the expected reimbursement from the FDIC related to expected losses on the acquired loans and foreclosed real estate under such agreement. The loss share agreement will expire on September 30, 2019. The carrying amount of covered assets is presented in the following table.

Covered Assets
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Residential mortgage loans (1)
$
26,526

 
$
32,182

Foreclosed real estate - single family homes

 
187

Estimated loss reimbursement by the FDIC
2,033

 
1,763

Total covered assets
28,559

 
34,132

Allowance for covered loan losses
(6,337
)
 
(5,191
)
Net covered assets
$
22,222

 
$
28,941

(1) 
Includes $262,000 and $420,000 of purchased credit-impaired loans as of September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively.

21

Table of Contents


The recorded investment in residential mortgage loans secured by residential real estate properties for which foreclosure proceedings are in process totaled $531,000 and $856,000 at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

5. ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES AND RESERVE FOR UNFUNDED COMMITMENTS

The following allowance and credit quality disclosures exclude covered loans. Refer to Note 4 for a discussion regarding covered loans.

Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2015
 
Commercial
 
Commercial
Real
Estate
 
Construction
 
Residential
Real
Estate
 
Home
Equity
 
Personal
 
Total
Allowance for Loan Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
113,144

 
$
28,210

 
$
3,816

 
$
5,257

 
$
4,615

 
$
2,009

 
$
157,051

Loans charged-off
(661
)
 
(175
)
 

 
(97
)
 
(85
)
 
(6
)
 
(1,024
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
2,115

 
134

 
10

 
198

 
50

 
131

 
2,638

Net recoveries (charge-offs)
1,454

 
(41
)
 
10

 
101

 
(35
)
 
125

 
1,614

Provision (release) for loan losses
6,413

 
(1,868
)
 
571

 
(1,028
)
 
(292
)
 
407

 
4,203

Balance at end of period
$
121,011

 
$
26,301

 
$
4,397

 
$
4,330

 
$
4,288

 
$
2,541

 
$
162,868

Ending balance for loans individually evaluated for impairment (1)
$
5,468

 
$
1,465

 
$

 
$
558

 
$
1,575

 
$
6

 
$
9,072

Ending balance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment
$
115,543

 
$
24,836

 
$
4,397

 
$
3,772

 
$
2,713

 
$
2,535

 
$
153,796

Recorded Investment in Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance, loans individually evaluated for impairment (1)
$
41,966

 
$
12,041

 
$

 
$
4,272

 
$
11,374

 
$
26

 
$
69,679

Ending balance, loans collectively evaluated for impairment
8,630,035

 
3,237,297

 
412,688

 
434,733

 
121,748

 
173,134

 
13,009,635

Total recorded investment in loans
$
8,672,001

 
$
3,249,338

 
$
412,688

 
$
439,005

 
$
133,122

 
$
173,160

 
$
13,079,314

(1) 
Refer to Note 4 for additional information regarding impaired loans.


22

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses and Recorded Investment in Loans (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2014
 
Commercial
 
Commercial
Real
Estate
 
Construction
 
Residential
Real
Estate
 
Home
Equity
 
Personal
 
Total
Allowance for Loan Losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
96,326

 
$
33,299

 
$
3,621

 
$
5,280

 
$
5,015

 
$
2,950

 
$
146,491

Loans charged-off
(227
)
 
(1,133
)
 
(7
)
 
(252
)
 
(172
)
 
(8
)
 
(1,799
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
1,145

 
356

 
6

 
9

 
67

 
128

 
1,711

Net recoveries (charge-offs)
918

 
(777
)
 
(1
)
 
(243
)
 
(105
)
 
120

 
(88
)
Provision (release) for loan losses
6,642

 
(2,135
)
 
409

 
(25
)
 
(661
)
 
(498
)
 
3,732

Balance at end of period
$
103,886

 
$
30,387

 
$
4,029

 
$
5,012

 
$
4,249

 
$
2,572

 
$
150,135

Ending balance for loans individually evaluated for impairment (1)
$
13,982

 
$
3,223

 
$

 
$
497

 
$
1,224

 
$
55

 
$
18,981

Ending balance for loans collectively evaluated for impairment
$
89,904

 
$
27,164

 
$
4,029

 
$
4,515

 
$
3,025

 
$
2,517

 
$
131,154

Recorded Investment in Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance, loans individually evaluated for impairment (1)
$
53,249

 
$
19,886

 
$

 
$
9,723

 
$
12,163

 
$
544

 
$
95,565

Ending balance, loans collectively evaluated for impairment
7,852,152

 
2,630,133

 
307,066

 
333,850

 
128,996

 
199,825

 
11,452,022

Total recorded investment in loans
$
7,905,401

 
$
2,650,019

 
$
307,066

 
$
343,573

 
$
141,159

 
$
200,369

 
$
11,547,587

(1) 
Refer to Note 4 for additional information regarding impaired loans.

Allowance for Loan Losses
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Commercial
 
Commercial
Real
Estate
 
Construction
 
Residential
Real
Estate
 
Home
Equity
 
Personal
 
Total
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
$
103,462

 
$
31,838

 
$
4,290

 
$
5,316

 
$
4,924

 
$
2,668

 
$
152,498

Loans charged-off
(5,784
)
 
(1,160
)
 

 
(328
)
 
(456
)
 
(44
)
 
(7,772
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
3,610

 
1,004

 
193

 
302

 
193

 
1,090

 
6,392

Net (charge-offs) recoveries
(2,174
)
 
(156
)
 
193

 
(26
)
 
(263
)
 
1,046

 
(1,380
)
Provision (release) for loan losses
19,723

 
(5,381
)
 
(86
)
 
(960
)
 
(373
)
 
(1,173
)
 
11,750

Balance at end of period
$
121,011

 
$
26,301

 
$
4,397

 
$
4,330

 
$
4,288

 
$
2,541

 
$
162,868



23

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Commercial
 
Commercial
Real
Estate
 
Construction
 
Residential
Real
Estate
 
Home
Equity
 
Personal
 
Total
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
$
80,768

 
$
42,362

 
$
3,338

 
$
7,555

 
$
5,648

 
$
3,438

 
$
143,109

Loans charged-off
(3,856
)
 
(5,797
)
 
(7
)
 
(667
)
 
(887
)
 
(151
)
 
(11,365
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
5,620

 
2,404

 
22

 
444

 
155

 
554

 
9,199

Net recoveries (charge-offs)
1,764

 
(3,393
)
 
15

 
(223
)
 
(732
)
 
403

 
(2,166
)
Provision (release) for loan losses
21,354

 
(8,582
)
 
676

 
(2,320
)
 
(667
)
 
(1,269
)
 
9,192

Balance at end of period
$
103,886

 
$
30,387

 
$
4,029

 
$
5,012

 
$
4,249

 
$
2,572

 
$
150,135


Reserve for Unfunded Commitments (1) 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Balance at beginning of period
$
13,157

 
$
9,363

 
$
12,274

 
$
9,206

Provision for unfunded commitments
2,048

 
481

 
2,931

 
638

Recovery of unfunded commitments
4

 

 
4

 

Balance at end of period
$
15,209

 
$
9,844

 
$
15,209

 
$
9,844

Unfunded commitments, excluding covered assets, at period end
$
6,310,701

 
$
5,365,042

 
 
 
 
(1) 
Unfunded commitments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit. Unfunded commitments related to covered assets are excluded as they are covered under a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC.

Refer to Note 15 for additional details of commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit.

6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Carrying Amount of Goodwill by Operating Segment
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31, 2014
Banking
$
81,755

 
$
81,755

Asset management
12,286

 
12,286

Total goodwill
$
94,041

 
$
94,041


Goodwill is not amortized but, instead, is subject to impairment tests at least on an annual basis or more often if events or circumstances occur that would indicate it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value. Our annual goodwill impairment test was performed as of October 31, 2014, and it was determined no impairment existed as of that date nor are we aware of any events or circumstances that would indicate goodwill is impaired at September 30, 2015. There were no impairment charges for goodwill recorded in 2014. Our annual goodwill test will be completed during fourth quarter 2015.

We have other intangible assets capitalized on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition in the form of core deposit premiums and client relationships. These intangible assets are being amortized over their estimated useful lives, which range from 8 to 12 years.

24

Table of Contents


We review other intangible assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that carrying amounts may not be recoverable. During third quarter 2015, there were no events or circumstances that we believe indicate there may be impairment of other intangible assets, and no impairment charges for other intangible assets were recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Other Intangible Assets
(Dollars in thousands)

 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015
 
Year Ended December 31, 2014
Core deposit intangibles:
 
 
 
Gross carrying amount
$
18,093

 
$
18,093

Accumulated amortization
14,603

 
12,870

Net carrying amount
$
3,490

 
$
5,223

Amortization during the period
$
1,733

 
$
2,799

Weighted average remaining life (in years)
2

 
2

Client relationships:
 
 
 
Gross carrying amount
$
2,002

 
$
2,002

Accumulated amortization
1,484

 
1,340

Net carrying amount
$
518

 
$
662

Amortization during the period
$
144

 
$
208

Weighted average remaining life (in years)
5

 
6


Scheduled Amortization of Other Intangible Assets
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Total
Year ending December 31,
 
2015 - remaining three months
$
578

2016
2,161

2017
1,125

2018
98

2019
28

2020 and thereafter
18

Total
$
4,008



25

Table of Contents

7. SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

Summary of Short-Term Borrowings
(Dollars in thousands)

 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
Outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchase agreements
$
57,965

 
0.40
%
 
$

 
%
FHLB advances
452,000

 
0.15
%
 
428,000

 
0.13
%
Secured borrowings
4,156

 
4.10
%
 
4,385

 
4.45
%
Total short-term borrowings
$
514,121

 
 
 
$
432,385

 
 
Unused Availability:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds (1)
$
630,500

 
 
 
$
630,500

 
 
FRB discount window primary credit program (2)
363,590

 
 
 
403,752

 
 
FHLB advances (3)
1,506,937

 
 
 
265,529

 
 
Revolving line of credit
60,000

 
 
 
60,000

 
 
(1) 
Our total availability of overnight Federal fund ("Fed funds") borrowings is not a committed line of credit and is dependent upon lender availability.
(2) 
Our borrowing capacity changes each quarter subject to available collateral and FRB discount factors.
(3) 
As a member of the FHLB Chicago, the Bank has access to borrowing capacity which is subject to change based on the availability of acceptable collateral to pledge and the level of our investment in FHLB Chicago stock. At September 30, 2015, our borrowing capacity was $2.4 billion, of which $1.5 billion is available, subject to making the required additional investment in FHLB Chicago stock. Qualifying residential, multi-family and commercial real estate loans, home equity lines of credit, and residential mortgage-backed securities are pledged as collateral to secure current outstanding balances and additional borrowing availability.

Borrowings with maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term.

Repurchase Agreements - Repurchase agreements are agreements to sell securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as a financing, and the obligations to repurchase securities sold are reflected as a liability in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Repurchase agreements generally mature within 1 to 90 days from the transaction date. At September 30, 2015, the repurchase agreement obligation had a remaining contractual maturity of 13 days and was collateralized by $59.9 million of residential mortgage-backed securities, which were held in custody by third parties. The securities underlying the agreements remain in their respective accounts while pledged as collateral to our counter-party. The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities. The Company is therefore exposed to the risks that impact the fair value of its pledged securities, including interest rate movements, market liquidity, and credit events. As of September 30, 2015, there were no amounts at risk under repurchase agreements with any individual counterparty or group of counterparties that exceeded 10% of stockholders' equity.

FHLB Advances - At September 30, 2015, FHLB advances consisted of $7.0 million from the FHLB Atlanta, of which $2.0 million is included in short-term borrowings, and $845.0 million from FHLB Chicago, of which $450.0 million is included in short-term borrowings.

Revolving Line of Credit - The Company has a 364-day revolving line of credit (the "Facility") with a group of commercial banks allowing borrowing of up to $60.0 million, and maturing on September 23, 2016. The interest rate applied to borrowings under the Facility will be elected by the Company at the time an advance is made; interest rate elections include either 30-day or 90-day LIBOR plus 1.75% or Prime minus 0.50% at the time the advance is made. Any amounts outstanding under the Facility upon or before maturity may be converted, at the Company's option, to an amortizing term loan, with the balance of such loan due September 24, 2018. At September 30, 2015, no amounts have been drawn on the Facility.

Secured Borrowings - Secured borrowings represent amounts related to certain loan participation agreements on loans we originated that were classified as secured borrowings because they did not qualify for sale accounting treatment. A corresponding amount is recorded within loans on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.


26

Table of Contents

8. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-Term Debt
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Rate Type
 
Rate
 
Maturity
 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Parent Company:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Junior Subordinated Debentures (1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bloomfield Hills Statutory Trust I
Floating, three-month LIBOR + 2.65%
 
2.98%
 
2034
 
$
8,248


$
8,248

PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust II
Floating, three-month LIBOR + 1.71%
 
2.05%
 
2035
 
51,547


51,547

PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust III
Floating, three-month LIBOR + 1.50%
 
1.84%
 
2035
 
41,238


41,238

PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust IV
Fixed
 
10.00%
 
2068
 
68,755


68,755

Subordinated debt facility (2)
Fixed
 
7.125%
 
2042
 
125,000

 
125,000

Subtotal
 
 
 
 
 
 
294,788


294,788

Subsidiaries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
FHLB advances
Floating, FHLBC overnight discount note index + 0.065%
 
0.10%
 
2017
 
350,000



FHLB advances (3)(4)
Fixed
 
3.58% - 4.68%
 
2019
 
50,000

 
50,000

Total long-term debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
694,788


$
344,788

(1) 
Under the final regulatory capital rules issued in July 2013, these instruments are grandfathered for inclusion as a component of Tier 1 capital, although the Tier 1 capital treatment for these instruments could be subject to phase-out due to certain acquisitions.
(2) 
Qualifies as Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes.
(3) 
Weighted average interest rate was 3.75% at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
(4) 
Amounts reported at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 include three long-term advances totaling $45.0 million with a weighted average interest rate of 3.66% due in 2019. The advances provide for a one-time option, two years from issuance date, to increase the amount outstanding up to $150.0 million each at the same fixed rate as the original advance. The advances include a prepayment feature and are subject to a prepayment fee.

The $169.8 million in junior subordinated debentures presented in the table above were issued to four separate wholly-owned trusts for the purpose of issuing Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable trust preferred securities. Refer to Note 9 for further information on the nature and terms of these and previously issued debentures.

At September 30, 2015, outstanding long-term FHLB advances were secured by qualifying residential, multi-family, commercial real estate, and home equity lines of credit. From time to time, we may pledge eligible real estate mortgage-backed securities to support additional borrowings.

We reclassify long-term debt to short-term borrowings when the remaining maturity becomes less than one year.

Scheduled Maturities of Long-Term Debt
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Total
Year ending December 31,
 
2017
$
350,000

2019
50,000

2020 and thereafter
294,788

Total
$
694,788



27

Table of Contents

9. JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES HELD BY TRUSTS THAT ISSUED GUARANTEED CAPITAL DEBT SECURITIES

As of September 30, 2015, we sponsored and wholly owned 100% of the common equity of four trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable trust preferred securities ("Trust Preferred Securities") to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of the Trust Preferred Securities solely in a series of junior subordinated debentures of the Company ("Debentures"). The Debentures held by the trusts, which in aggregate totaled $169.8 million at September 30, 2015, are the sole assets of each respective trust. Our obligations under the Debentures and related documents, including the indentures, the declarations of trust and related Company guarantees, taken together, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company on a subordinated basis of distributions and redemption payments and liquidation payments on the Trust Preferred Securities. We currently have the right to redeem, in whole or in part, subject to any required regulatory approval, all or any series of the Debentures, in each case, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of the Debentures being redeemed plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date. The repayment, redemption or repurchase of any of the Debentures would be subject to the terms of the applicable indenture and would result in a corresponding repayment, redemption or repurchase of an equivalent amount of the related series of Trust Preferred Securities. Any redemption of the 10% Debentures held by the PrivateBancorp Capital Trust IV ("Capital Trust IV") would be subject to the terms of the replacement capital covenant described below and any required regulatory approval.

In connection with the issuance in 2008 of the 10% Debentures, which rank junior to the other Debentures, we entered into a replacement capital covenant that relates to the redemption of the 10% Debentures and the related Trust Preferred Securities. Under the replacement capital covenant, as amended in October 2012, we committed, for the benefit of certain debt holders, that we would not repay, redeem or repurchase the 10% Debentures or the related Trust Preferred Securities prior to June 2048 unless we have (1) obtained any required regulatory approval, and (2) raised certain amounts of qualifying equity or equity-like replacement capital at any time after October 10, 2012. The replacement capital covenant benefits holders of our "covered debt" as specified under the terms of the replacement capital covenant. Currently, under the replacement capital covenant, the "covered debt" is the Debentures held by PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust II. In the event that the Company's 7.125% subordinated debentures due 2042 are designated as or become the covered debt under the replacement capital covenant, the terms of such debentures provide that the Company is authorized to terminate the replacement capital covenant without any further action or payment. We may amend or terminate the replacement capital covenant in certain circumstances without the consent of the holders of the covered debt.

Under current accounting rules, the trusts qualify as variable interest entities for which we are not the primary beneficiary and therefore are ineligible for consolidation in our financial statements. The Debentures issued by us to the trusts are included in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as "long-term debt" with the corresponding interest distributions recorded as interest expense. The common shares issued by the trusts are included in other assets in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition with the related dividend distributions recorded in other non-interest income.


28

Table of Contents

Common Securities, Preferred Securities, and Related Debentures
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Common Securities Issued
 
Trust Preferred Securities
Issued (1)
 
 
 
 
 
Principal Amount of Debentures (1)
 
Issuance
Date
 
 
 
Coupon
Rate (2)
 
Maturity
 
September 30,
2015
Bloomfield Hills Statutory Trust I
May 2004
 
$
248

 
$
8,000

 
2.98
%
 
June 2034
 
$
8,248

PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust II
June 2005
 
1,547

 
50,000

 
2.05
%
 
Sept. 2035
 
51,547

PrivateBancorp Statutory Trust III
Dec. 2005
 
1,238

 
40,000

 
1.84
%
 
Dec. 2035
 
41,238

PrivateBancorp Capital Trust IV
May 2008
 
5

 
68,750

 
10.00
%
 
June 2068
 
68,755

Total
 
 
$
3,038

 
$
166,750

 
 
 
 
 
$
169,788

(1) 
The Trust Preferred Securities accrue distributions at a rate equal to the interest rate on, and have a maturity identical to that of, the related Debentures. The Trust Preferred Securities are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the Debentures at maturity or upon their earlier redemption in whole or in part. The Debentures are redeemable in whole or in part prior to maturity at any time and only after we have obtained Federal Reserve approval, if then required under applicable guidelines or regulations.
(2) 
Reflects the coupon rate in effect at September 30, 2015. The coupon rate for Bloomfield Hills Statutory Trust I is a variable rate based on three-month LIBOR plus 2.65%. The coupon rates for PrivateBancorp Statutory Trusts II and III are at a variable rate based on three-month LIBOR plus 1.71% for Trust II and three-month LIBOR plus 1.50% for Trust III. The coupon rate for PrivateBancorp Capital Trust IV is fixed. Distributions on all Trust Preferred Securities are payable quarterly. We have the right to defer payment of interest on the Debentures at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding ten years, in the case of the Debentures held by Trust IV, and five years, in the case of all other Debentures, without causing an event of default under the related indenture, provided no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity of the Debentures. During such extension period, distributions on the trust preferred securities would also be deferred, and our ability to pay dividends on our common stock would generally be prohibited. The Federal Reserve has the ability to prevent interest payments on the Debentures.

10. EQUITY

Preferred Stock

At September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, there were one million shares of preferred stock authorized and none issued or outstanding.

Nonvoting Common Stock

At September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, there were five million shares of nonvoting common stock authorized and none issued or outstanding.

Treasury Stock

The Company reissues treasury stock, when available, or new shares to fulfill its obligation to issue shares granted pursuant to the share-based compensation plans. Treasury shares are reissued at average cost. The Company held 1,601 shares and 1,704 shares in treasury at September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively.


29

Table of Contents

Comprehensive Income

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ("AOCI") by Component
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Unrealized Gain on Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Accumulated
(Loss) Gain on Effective
Cash Flow
Hedges
 
Total
 
Unrealized Gain on Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Accumulated
(Loss) Gain on Effective
Cash Flow
Hedges
 
Total
Balance at beginning of period
$
19,448

 
$
1,469

 
$
20,917

 
$
12,960

 
$
(3,116
)
 
$
9,844

Increase in unrealized gains on securities
3,857

 

 
3,857

 
8,133

 

 
8,133

Increase in unrealized gains on cash flow hedges

 
18,387

 
18,387

 

 
9,710

 
9,710

Tax expense on increase in unrealized gains
(1,536
)
 
(7,139
)
 
(8,675
)
 
(3,216
)
 
(3,815
)
 
(7,031
)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
2,321

 
11,248

 
13,569

 
4,917

 
5,895

 
10,812

Reclassification adjustment of net gains included in net income (1)
(918
)
 
(7,643
)
 
(8,561
)
 
(530
)
 
(6,763
)
 
(7,293
)
Reclassification adjustment for tax expense on realized net gains (2)
356

 
2,968

 
3,324

 
209

 
2,664

 
2,873

Amounts reclassified from AOCI
(562
)
 
(4,675
)
 
(5,237
)
 
(321
)
 
(4,099
)
 
(4,420
)
Net current period other comprehensive income
1,759

 
6,573

 
8,332

 
4,596

 
1,796

 
6,392

Balance at end of period
$
21,207

 
$
8,042

 
$
29,249

 
$
17,556

 
$
(1,320
)
 
$
16,236

(1) 
The amounts reclassified from AOCI for the available-for-sale securities are reported in net securities gains on the Consolidated Statements of Income, while the amounts reclassified from AOCI for cash flow hedges are reported in interest income on loans on the Consolidated Statements of Income. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, $125,000 was reclassified out of AOCI related to OTTI on available-for-sale securities and included in the Consolidated Statement of Income within net securities gains.
(2) 
The tax expense amounts reclassified from AOCI in connection with the available-for-sale securities reclassification and cash flow hedges reclassification are reported in income tax provision on the Consolidated Statements of Income.


30

Table of Contents

11. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Basic earnings per common share
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
45,268

 
$
40,527

 
$
133,174

 
$
115,856

Net income allocated to participating stockholders (1)
(354
)
 
(515
)
 
(1,195
)
 
(1,666
)
Net income allocated to common stockholders
$
44,914

 
$
40,012

 
$
131,979

 
$
114,190

Weighted-average common shares outstanding
78,144

 
77,110

 
77,834

 
76,951

Basic earnings per common share
$
0.58

 
$
0.52

 
$
1.70

 
$
1.48

Diluted earnings per common share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted earnings applicable to common stockholders (2)
$
44,922

 
$
40,017

 
$
131,997

 
$
114,206

Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding
78,144

 
77,110

 
77,834

 
76,951

Dilutive effect of stock awards (3)
1,257

 
824

 
1,193

 
770

Weighted-average diluted common shares outstanding
79,401

 
77,934

 
79,027

 
77,721

Diluted earnings per common share
$
0.57

 
$
0.51

 
$
1.67

 
$
1.47

(1) 
Participating stockholders are those that hold certain share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. Such shares or units are considered participating securities (i.e., certain of the Company’s deferred and restricted stock units and nonvested restricted stock awards).
(2) 
Net income allocated to common stockholders for basic and diluted earnings per share may differ under the two-class method as a result of adding common stock equivalents for options to dilutive shares outstanding, which alters the ratio used to allocate earnings to common stockholders and participating securities for the purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share.
(3) 
For the quarters ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, the weighted-average outstanding non-participating securities of 240,000 and 1.3 million shares, respectively, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, the weighted-average outstanding non-participating securities of 401,000 and 1.3 million shares, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because their inclusion would have been antidilutive for the periods presented.

12. INCOME TAXES

Income Tax Provision Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Income before income taxes
$
72,626

 
$
65,701

 
$
213,012

 
$
188,050

Income tax provision:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current income tax provision
$
32,897

 
$
31,406

 
$
83,128

 
$
77,359

Deferred income benefit
(5,539
)
 
(6,232
)
 
(3,290
)
 
(5,165
)
Total income tax provision
$
27,358

 
$
25,174

 
$
79,838

 
$
72,194

Effective tax rate
37.7
%
 
38.3
%
 
37.5
%
 
38.4
%

Deferred Tax Assets

Net deferred tax assets totaled $96.0 million at September 30, 2015, and $98.2 million at December 31, 2014. Net deferred tax assets are included in other assets in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.


31

Table of Contents

At September 30, 2015, we have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized and, accordingly, no valuation allowance was recorded. This conclusion was based in part on our recent earnings history, on both a book and tax basis, and our outlook for earnings and taxable income in future periods.

At September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, we had $131,000 and $212,000, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits relating to uncertain tax positions that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate.

13. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS

We utilize an overall risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to reduce both interest rate risk (relating to mortgage loan commitments and planned sales of loans) and foreign currency risk (relating to certain loans denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar). We also use these instruments to accommodate our clients as we provide them with risk management solutions. None of the client-related and other end-user derivatives, noted in the table below, were designated as hedging instruments for accounting purposes at September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014.

We also use interest rate derivatives to hedge variability in forecasted interest cash flows in our loan portfolio, which is comprised primarily of floating-rate loans. These derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges.

Derivatives expose us to counterparty credit risk. Credit risk is managed through our standard underwriting process. Actual exposures are monitored against various types of credit limits established to contain risk within parameters. Additionally, credit risk is managed through the use of collateral, netting agreements, and the establishment of internal concentration limits by financial institution.

Notional Amounts and Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Notional (1)
 
Fair
Value
 
Notional (1)
 
Fair
Value
 
Notional (1)
 
Fair
Value
 
Notional (1)
 
Fair
Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
800,000

 
$
12,451

 
$
550,000

 
$
4,542

 
$

 
$

 
$
250,000

 
$
2,715

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client-related derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
3,900,911

 
$
60,498

 
$
3,881,202

 
$
42,879

 
$
3,820,911

 
$
62,776

 
$
3,743,827

 
$
43,792

Foreign exchange contracts
176,060

 
4,741

 
98,285

 
5,183

 
162,394

 
3,958

 
86,582

 
4,659

Risk participation agreements (1)
86,318

 
15

 
98,478

 
19

 
121,377

 
52

 
100,941

 
24

Total client-related derivatives
 
 
$
65,254

 
 
 
$
48,081

 
 
 
$
66,786

 
 
 
$
48,475

Other end-user derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
$
18,754

 
$
142

 
$
18,551

 
$
241

 
$
5,098

 
$
14

 
$
2,892

 
$
45

Mortgage banking derivatives
 
 
268

 
 
 
786

 
 
 
405

 
 
 
801

Total other end-user derivatives
 
 
$
410

 
 
 
$
1,027

 
 
 
$
419

 
 
 
$
846

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
 
$
65,664

 
 
 
$
49,108

 
 
 
$
67,205

 
 
 
$
49,321

Netting adjustments (2)
 
 
(18,137
)
 
 
 
(10,588
)
 
 
 
(45,238
)
 
 
 
(25,269
)
Total derivatives
 
 
$
59,978

 
 
 
$
43,062

 
 
 
$
21,967

 
 
 
$
26,767

(1) 
The remaining average notional amounts are shown for risk participation agreements.
(2) 
Represents netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related cash collateral, with the same counterparty subject to master netting agreements. Refer to Note 14 for additional information regarding master netting agreements.


32

Table of Contents

Certain of our derivative contracts contain embedded credit risk contingent features, that if triggered, allow the derivative counterparty to either terminate the derivative or require additional collateral. These contingent features are triggered if we do not meet specified financial performance indicators such as minimum capital ratios under the Federal banking agencies’ guidelines. All such requirements were met at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Details on these derivative contracts are set forth in the following table.

Derivatives Subject to Credit Risk Contingency Features
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Fair value of derivatives with credit contingency features in a net liability position
$
11,151

 
$
14,596

Collateral posted for those transactions in a net liability position
$
12,922

 
$
16,865

If credit risk contingency features were triggered:
 
 
 
Additional collateral required to be posted to derivative counterparties
$

 
$

Outstanding derivative instruments that would be immediately settled
$
11,151

 
$
14,596


Derivatives Designated in Hedge Relationships

The objective of our hedging program is to use interest rate derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate movements.

Cash Flow Hedges – Under our cash flow hedging program, we enter into receive fixed/pay variable interest rate swaps to convert certain floating-rate commercial loan cash flows to fixed-rate to reduce the variability in forecasted interest cash flows due to market interest rate changes. We use regression analysis to assess the effectiveness of cash flow hedges at both the inception of the hedge relationship and on an ongoing basis. Ineffectiveness is generally measured as the amount by which the cumulative change in fair value of the hedging instrument exceeds the present value of the cumulative change in the expected cash flows of the hedged item. Measured ineffectiveness is recognized directly in other non-interest income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives related to ineffectiveness that were reclassified to current earnings. The effective portion of the gains or losses on cash flow hedges are recorded, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI") and are subsequently reclassified to interest income on loans in the period that the hedged interest cash flows affect earnings. As of September 30, 2015, the maximum length of time over which forecasted interest cash flows are hedged is five years. There are no components of derivative gains or losses excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to our cash flow hedge strategy.

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Related to Interest Rate Swaps Designated as Cash Flow Hedge
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
Pre-tax
 
After-tax
 
Pre-tax
 
After-tax
 
Pre-Tax
 
After-tax
 
Pre-Tax
 
After-tax
Accumulated unrealized gain (loss) at beginning of period
$
5,459

 
$
3,339

 
$
2,461

 
$
1,501

 
$
2,405

 
$
1,469

 
$
(5,110
)
 
$
(3,116
)
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in AOCI (effective portion)
10,261

 
6,276

 
(2,168
)
 
(1,333
)
 
18,387

 
11,248

 
9,710

 
5,895

Amount reclassified from AOCI to interest income on loans
(2,571
)
 
(1,573
)
 
(2,456
)
 
(1,488
)
 
(7,643
)
 
(4,675
)
 
(6,763
)
 
(4,099
)
Accumulated unrealized gain at end of period
$
13,149

 
$
8,042

 
$
(2,163
)
 
$
(1,320
)
 
$
13,149

 
$
8,042

 
$
(2,163
)
 
$
(1,320
)

As of September 30, 2015, $5.5 million in net deferred gains, net of tax, recorded in AOCI are expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next twelve months. This amount could differ from amounts actually recognized due to changes in interest rates, hedge de-designations, and the addition of other hedges subsequent to September 30, 2015. During the nine months ended

33

Table of Contents

September 30, 2015, there were no gains or losses from cash flow hedge derivatives reclassified to current earnings because it became probable that the original forecasted transaction would not occur.

Derivatives Not Designated in Hedge Relationships

Other End-User Derivatives – We use forward commitments to sell to-be-announced securities and other commitments to sell residential mortgage loans at specified prices to economically hedge the change in fair value of customer interest rate lock commitments and residential mortgage loans held-for-sale. The forward commitments to sell and the interest rate lock commitments are considered derivatives. At September 30, 2015, the par value of our residential mortgage loans held-for-sale totaled $24.0 million, the notional value of our interest rate lock commitments totaled $61.0 million, and the notional value of our forward commitments to sell totaled $95.3 million.

We are also exposed at times to foreign exchange risk as a result of originating loans in which the principal and interest are settled in a currency other than U.S. dollars. As of September 30, 2015, our exposure was to the Euro, Canadian dollar, Danish kroner and British pound on $15.5 million of loans. We manage this risk using forward currency derivatives.

Client-Related Derivatives – We offer, through our capital markets group, over-the-counter interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives to our clients, including but not limited to, interest rate swaps, interest rate options (also referred to as caps, floors, collars, etc.), foreign exchange forwards and options, as well as cash products such as foreign exchange spot transactions. When our clients enter into an interest rate or foreign exchange derivative transaction with us, we mitigate our exposure to market risk through the execution of off-setting positions with inter-bank dealer counterparties. Although the off-setting nature of transactions originated by our capital markets group limits our market risk exposure, they do expose us to other risks including counterparty credit, settlement, and operational risk.

To accommodate our loan clients, we occasionally enter into risk participation agreements ("RPA") with counterparty banks to either accept or transfer a portion of the credit risk related to their interest rate derivatives or transfer a portion of the credit risk related to our interest rate derivatives. This allows clients to execute an interest rate derivative with one bank while allowing for distribution of the credit risk among participating members. We have entered into written RPAs in which we accept a portion of the credit risk associated with an interest rate derivative of another bank's loan client in exchange for a fee. We manage this credit risk through our loan underwriting process, and when appropriate, the RPA is backed by collateral provided by the clients under their loan agreement.

The current payment/performance risk of written RPAs is assessed using internal risk ratings which range from 1 to 8 with the latter representing the highest credit risk. The risk rating is based on several factors including the financial condition of the RPA’s underlying derivative counterparty, present economic conditions, performance trends, leverage, and liquidity.

The maximum potential amount of future undiscounted payments that we could be required to make under our written RPAs assumes that the underlying derivative counterparty defaults and that the floating interest rate index of the underlying derivative remains at zero percent. In the event that we would have to pay out any amounts under our RPAs, we will seek to maximize the recovery of these amounts from assets that our clients pledged as collateral for the derivative and the related loan.

Risk Participation Agreements
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Fair value of written RPAs
$
52

 
$
24

Range of remaining terms to maturity (in years)
Less than 1 to 5

 
Less than 1 to 4

Range of assigned internal risk ratings
2 to 7

 
2 to 7

Maximum potential amount of future undiscounted payments
$
3,142

 
$
3,927

Percent of maximum potential amount of future undiscounted payments covered by proceeds from liquidation of pledged collateral
43
%
 
25
%


34

Table of Contents

Gain (Loss) Recognized on Derivative Instruments
Not Designated in Hedging Relationship
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Location in Consolidated Statement of Income
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Gain (loss) on client-related derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
Capital markets income
 
$
1,190

 
$
1,626

 
$
6,089

 
$
6,644

Foreign exchange contracts
Capital markets income
 
1,920

 
1,577

 
6,023

 
5,376

Risk participation agreements
Capital markets income
 
(12
)
 
50

 
77

 
322

Total client-related derivatives
 
 
3,098

 
3,253

 
12,189

 
12,342

Gain (loss) on end-user derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange derivatives
Other income, service and charges income
 
558

 
1,028

 
1,108

 
776

Mortgage banking derivatives
Mortgage banking income
 
(466
)
 
127

 
(125
)
 
(189
)
Total end-user derivatives
 
 
92

 
1,155

 
983

 
587

Total derivatives not designated in hedging relationship
 
 
$
3,190

 
$
4,408

 
$
13,172

 
$
12,929


14. BALANCE SHEET OFFSETTING

Master Netting Agreements

Certain financial instruments, including repurchase agreements, securities lending arrangements and derivatives, may be eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheet and/or subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar agreements. Authoritative accounting guidance permits the netting of financial assets and liabilities when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists between us and a counterparty. A master netting agreement is an agreement between two counterparties who have multiple financial contracts with each other that provide for the net settlement of contracts through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on or termination of any one contract. For those financial instruments subject to enforceable master netting agreements, assets and liabilities, and related cash collateral, with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis within the assets and liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Derivative contracts may require us to provide or receive cash or financial instrument collateral. Collateral associated with derivative assets and liabilities subject to enforceable master netting agreements with the same counterparty is posted on a net basis. We have pledged cash or financial collateral in accordance with each counterparty's collateral posting requirements for all of the Company's derivative assets and liabilities in a net liability position as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Certain collateral posting requirements are subject to posting thresholds and minimum transfer amounts, such that we are only required to post collateral once the posting threshold is met, and any adjustments to the amount of collateral posted must meet minimum transfer amounts.

As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $27.1 million and $14.7 million of cash collateral pledged, respectively, was netted with the related financial liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. To the extent not netted against fair values under a master netting agreement, the excess collateral received or pledged is included in other short-term borrowings or other investments, respectively. There was no excess cash collateral pledged at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Any securities pledged to counterparties as financial instrument collateral remain on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as long as we do not default.


35

Table of Contents

The following table presents information about our financial assets and liabilities and the related collateral by derivative type (e.g., interest rate contracts). As we post collateral with counterparties on the basis of our net position in all financial contracts with a given counterparty, the information presented below aggregates the financial contracts entered into with the same counterparty.

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Liabilities
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets / Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts Offset (2)
 
Net Amount Presented on the Statement of Financial Condition
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset on the Statement of Financial Condition (3)
 
Net Amount
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments (4)
 
Cash Collateral
 
As of September 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
72,949

 
$
(15,228
)
 
$
57,721

 
$

 
$

 
$
57,721

Foreign exchange contracts
3,337

 
(2,867
)
 
470

 

 

 
470

Risk participation agreements
15

 

 
15

 

 

 
15

Mortgage banking derivatives
42

 
(42
)
 

 

 

 

Total derivatives subject to a master netting agreement
76,343

 
(18,137
)
 
58,206

 

 

 
58,206

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting agreement
1,772

 

 
1,772

 

 

 
1,772

Total derivatives
$
78,115

 
$
(18,137
)
 
$
59,978

 
$

 
$

 
$
59,978

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
62,776

 
$
(43,023
)
 
$
19,753

 
$
(14,725
)
 
$

 
$
5,028

Foreign exchange contracts
2,846

 
(2,173
)
 
673

 
(502
)
 

 
171

Risk participation agreements
52

 

 
52

 
(39
)
 

 
13

Mortgage banking derivatives
170

 
(42
)
 
128

 

 

 
128

Total derivatives subject to a master netting agreement
65,844

 
(45,238
)
 
20,606

 
(15,266
)
 

 
5,340

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting agreement
1,361

 

 
1,361

 

 

 
1,361

Total derivatives
67,205

 
(45,238
)
 
21,967

 
(15,266
)
 

 
6,701

Repurchase agreements
57,965

 

 
57,965

 
(57,965
)
 

 

Total
$
125,170

 
$
(45,238
)
 
$
79,932

 
$
(73,231
)
 
$

 
$
6,701

(1) 
All derivative contracts are over-the-counter contracts.
(2) 
Represents financial instrument and related cash collateral entered into with the same counterparty and subject to a master netting agreement.
(3) 
Collateralization is determined at the counterparty level. If overcollateralization exists, the amount shown is limited to the fair value of the financial instrument.
(4) 
Financial instruments are disclosed at fair value. Financial instrument collateral is allocated pro-rata amongst the derivative liabilities to which it relates.


36

Table of Contents

Offsetting of Financial Assets and Liabilities (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets / Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts Offset (2)
 
Net Amount Presented on the Statement of Financial Condition
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset on the Statement of Financial Condition (3)
 
Net Amount
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments (4)
 
Cash Collateral
 
As of December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
47,421

 
$
(7,433
)
 
$
39,988

 
$

 
$

 
$
39,988

Foreign exchange contracts
3,664

 
(3,154
)
 
510

 

 

 
510

Risk participation agreements
19

 
(1
)
 
18

 

 

 
18

Total derivatives subject to a master netting agreement
51,104

 
(10,588
)
 
40,516

 

 

 
40,516

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting agreement
2,546

 

 
2,546

 

 

 
2,546

Total derivatives
$
53,650

 
$
(10,588
)
 
$
43,062

 
$

 
$

 
$
43,062

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$
46,507

 
$
(24,067
)
 
$
22,440

 
$
(17,755
)
 
$

 
$
4,685

Foreign exchange contracts
2,421

 
(1,202
)
 
1,219

 
(965
)
 

 
254

Risk participation agreements
24

 

 
24

 
(19
)
 

 
5

Total derivatives subject to a master netting agreement
48,952

 
(25,269
)
 
23,683

 
(18,739
)
 

 
4,944

Total derivatives not subject to a master netting agreement
3,084

 

 
3,084

 

 

 
3,084

Total derivatives
$
52,036

 
$
(25,269
)
 
$
26,767

 
$
(18,739
)
 
$

 
$
8,028

(1) 
All derivative contracts are over-the-counter contracts.
(2) 
Represents financial instrument and related cash collateral entered into with the same counterparty and subject to a master netting agreement.
(3) 
Collateralization is determined at the counterparty level. If overcollateralization exists, the amount shown is limited to the fair value of the financial instrument.
(4) 
Financial instruments are disclosed at fair value. Financial instrument collateral is allocated pro-rata amongst the derivative liabilities to which it relates.

15. COMMITMENTS, GUARANTEES, AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Credit Extension Commitments and Guarantees

In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk to meet the financing needs of our clients and to conduct lending activities. These instruments principally include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and liquidity risk in excess of the amounts reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.


37

Table of Contents

Contractual or Notional Amounts of Financial Instruments (1) 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Commitments to extend credit:
 
 
 
Home equity lines
$
135,799

 
$
129,943

Residential 1-4 family construction
38,412

 
53,847

Commercial real estate, other construction, and land development
1,275,564

 
1,123,123

Commercial and industrial
3,948,742

 
4,031,217

All other commitments
505,226

 
336,623

Total commitments to extend credit
$
5,903,743

 
$
5,674,753

Letters of credit:
 
 
 
Financial standby
$
370,300

 
$
334,175

Performance standby
40,067

 
38,167

Commercial letters of credit
6,160

 
5,224

Total letters of credit
$
416,527

 
$
377,566

(1) 
Includes covered loan commitments of $9.6 million and $11.0 million as of September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend funds to, or issue letters of credit for the account of, a client as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the credit agreement. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and variable interest rates tied to the prime rate or LIBOR and may require payment of a fee for the unused portion of the commitment or for the amounts issued but not drawn on letters of credit. All or a portion of unfunded commitments require regulatory capital support, except for unfunded commitments of less than one year that are unconditionally cancellable. Since many of our commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements of the borrowers. As of September 30, 2015, we had a reserve for unfunded commitments of $15.2 million, which reflects our estimate of inherent losses associated with these commitment obligations. The balance of this reserve changes based on a number of factors, including the balance of outstanding commitments and our assessment of the likelihood of borrowers to utilize these commitments. The reserve is recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a client to a third party. Standby letters of credit include performance and financial guarantees for clients in connection with contracts between our clients and third parties. Standby letters of credit are agreements where we are obligated to make payment to a third party on behalf of a client in the event the client fails to meet their contractual obligations. Commercial letters of credit are issued specifically to facilitate commerce and typically result in the commitment being drawn upon when the underlying transaction is consummated between the client and the third party. In most cases, the Company receives a fee for the amount of a letter of credit issued but not drawn upon.

In the event of a client’s nonperformance, our credit loss exposure is equal to the contractual amount of those commitments. We manage this credit risk in a similar manner to evaluating credit risk in extending loans to clients under our credit policies. We use the same credit policies in making credit commitments as for on-balance sheet instruments, mitigating exposure to credit loss through various collateral requirements, if deemed necessary. In the event of nonperformance by the clients, we have rights to the underlying collateral, which could include commercial real estate, physical plant and property, inventory, receivables, cash and marketable securities.

The maximum potential future payments guaranteed by us under standby letters of credit arrangements are equal to the contractual amount of the commitment. The unamortized fees associated with standby letters of credit, which are included in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, totaled $2.2 million as of September 30, 2015. We amortize these amounts into income over the commitment period. As of September 30, 2015, standby letters of credit had a remaining weighted-average term of approximately 15 months, with remaining actual lives ranging from less than 1 year to 5 years.


38

Table of Contents

Other Commitments

The Company has unfunded commitments to CRA investments and other investment partnerships totaling $37.8 million at September 30, 2015. Of these commitments, $17.2 million related to legally-binding unfunded commitments for tax-credit investments and was included within other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Credit Card Settlement Guarantees

Our third-party corporate credit card provider issues corporate purchase credit cards on behalf of our commercial clients. The corporate purchase credit cards are issued to employees of certain of our commercial clients at the client’s direction and used for payment of business-related expenses. In most circumstances, these cards will be underwritten by our third-party provider. However, in certain circumstances, we may enter into a recourse agreement, which transfers the credit risk from the third-party provider to us in the event that the client fails to meet its financial payment obligation. In these circumstances, a total maximum exposure amount is established for our corporate client. In addition to the obligations presented in the prior table, the maximum potential future payments guaranteed by us under this third-party settlement guarantee were $17.0 million at September 30, 2015.

We believe that the estimated amounts of maximum potential future payments are not representative of our actual potential loss given our insignificant historical losses from this third-party settlement guarantee program. As of September 30, 2015, we had no recorded contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for this settlement guarantee program, and management believes that the probability of any loss under this arrangement is remote.

Mortgage Loans Sold with Recourse

Certain mortgage loans sold in the secondary market have limited recourse provisions. The losses for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, arising from limited recourse provisions were not material. Based on this experience, the Company has not established any liability for potential future losses relating to mortgage loans sold in prior periods.

Legal Proceedings

In June 2013, we were served with a complaint naming the Bank as an additional defendant in a lawsuit pending in the Circuit Court of the 21st Judicial Circuit, Kankakee County, Illinois, known as Maas vs. Marek et. al. The lawsuit, brought by the beneficiaries of two trusts for which the Bank is serving as the successor trustee, seeks reimbursement of penalties and interest assessed by the IRS due to the late payment of certain generation skipping taxes by the trusts, as well as certain related attorney fees and other damages. The other named defendants include legal and accounting professionals that provided services related to the matters involved. In January 2014, the Circuit Court denied the Bank’s motion to dismiss, and the matter is now in the discovery process. Although we are not able to predict the likelihood of an adverse outcome, we currently anticipate that ultimate resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

As of September 30, 2015, there were various other legal proceedings pending against the Company and its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that the outcome of these proceedings will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

16. ESTIMATED FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

We measure, monitor, and disclose certain of our assets and liabilities on a fair value basis. Fair value is used on a recurring basis to account for securities available-for-sale, mortgage loans held-for-sale, derivative assets, derivative liabilities, and certain other assets and other liabilities. In addition, fair value is used on a nonrecurring basis to apply lower-of-cost-or-market accounting to foreclosed real estate and certain other loans held-for-sale, evaluate assets or liabilities for impairment, including collateral-dependent impaired loans, and for disclosure purposes. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, we use various valuation techniques and input assumptions when estimating fair value.

U.S. GAAP requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels based on the reliability of the input assumptions. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to level 1 measurements and the lowest priority to level 3 measurements. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities traded in active markets.

39

Table of Contents

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar instruments; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The categorization of where an asset or liability falls within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Valuation Methodology

We believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants. However, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value. Additionally, the methods used may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values.

The following describes the valuation methodologies we use for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including the general classification of the assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Securities Available-for-Sale – Securities available-for-sale include U.S. Treasury, U.S. Agency, collateralized mortgage obligations, residential mortgage-backed securities, state and municipal securities, and foreign sovereign debt. Substantially all available-for-sale securities are fixed-income instruments that are not quoted on an exchange, but may be traded in active markets. The fair value of these securities is based on quoted market prices obtained from external pricing services. The principal markets for our securities portfolio are the secondary institutional markets, with an exit price that is predominantly reflective of bid level pricing in those markets. U.S. Treasury securities have been classified in level 1 of the valuation hierarchy. All other remaining securities are generally classified in level 2 of the valuation hierarchy. In cases where significant credit valuation adjustments are incorporated into the estimation of fair value, reported amounts are classified as level 3. On a quarterly basis, the Company uses a variety of methods to validate the overall reasonableness of the fair values obtained from external pricing services, including evaluating pricing service inputs and methodologies, using exception reports based on analytical criteria, comparing prices obtained to prices received from other pricing sources, and reviewing the reasonableness of prices based on the Company’s knowledge of market liquidity and other market-related conditions.

Mortgage Loans Held-for-Sale – Mortgage loans held-for-sale represent residential mortgage loan originations intended to be sold in the secondary market. We have elected the fair value option for residential mortgage loans originated with the intention of selling to a third party. The election of the fair value option aligns the accounting for these loans with the related mortgage banking derivatives used to economically hedge them. These mortgage loans are measured at fair value as of each reporting date, with changes in fair value recognized through mortgage banking non-interest income. The fair value of mortgage loans held-for-sale is determined based on prices obtained for loans with similar characteristics from third-party sources. On a quarterly basis, the Company validates the overall reasonableness of the fair values obtained from third-party sources by comparing prices obtained to prices received from various other pricing sources, and reviewing the reasonableness of prices based on Company knowledge of market liquidity and other market-related conditions. Mortgage loans held-for-sale are classified in level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

Collateral-Dependent Impaired Loans – We do not record loans held for investment at fair value on a recurring basis. However, periodically, we record nonrecurring adjustments to reduce the carrying value of certain impaired loans based on fair value measurement. This population of impaired loans includes those for which repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the underlying collateral. We measure the fair value of collateral-dependent impaired loans based on the fair value of the collateral securing these loans less estimated selling costs. A majority of collateral-dependent impaired loans are secured by real estate with the fair value generally determined based upon appraisals performed by a certified or licensed appraiser using a combination of valuation techniques such as sales comparison, income capitalization and cost approach and include inputs such as absorption rates, capitalization rates and comparables. We also consider other factors or recent developments that could result in adjustments to the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals. When a collateral-dependent loan is secured by non-real estate collateral such as receivables, inventory, or equipment, the fair value is generally determined based upon appraisals, field exams, or receivable reports. The valuation techniques and inputs are reviewed internally by an asset-based specialist for reasonableness of estimated liquidation costs, collectability probabilities, and other market data. Accordingly, fair value estimates for collateral-dependent impaired loans are classified in level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. The carrying value of all impaired loans and the related specific reserves are disclosed in Note 4.


40

Table of Contents

At the time a collateral-dependent loan is initially determined to be impaired, we review the existing appraisal. If the most recent appraisal is greater than one-year old, a new appraisal of the underlying collateral is obtained. For collateral-dependent impaired loans that are secured by real estate, we generally obtain "as is" appraisal values in order to evaluate impairment. Appraisals for real estate collateral-dependent impaired loans in excess of $500,000 are updated with new independent appraisals at least annually and are formally reviewed by our internal appraisal department. Additional diligence is performed at the six-month interval between annual appraisals. If during the course of the six-month review process there is evidence supporting a meaningful decline in the value of collateral, the appraised value is either adjusted downward or a new appraisal is required to support the value of the impaired loan. As part of our internal review process, we consider other factors or recent developments that could adjust the valuations indicated in the appraisals or internal reviews. The Company’s internal appraisal review process validates the reasonableness of appraisals in conjunction with analyzing sales and market data from an array of market sources.

Covered Asset OREO and OREO – Covered asset OREO and OREO generated from our originated book of business are valued on a nonrecurring basis using third-party appraisals of each property and our judgment of other relevant market conditions and are classified in level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. As part of our internal review process, we consider other factors or recent developments that could adjust the valuations indicated in the appraisals or internal reviews. Updated appraisals on both OREO portfolios are typically obtained every twelve months and evaluated internally at least every six months. In addition, both property-specific and market-specific factors as well as collateral type factors are taken into consideration, which may result in obtaining more frequent appraisal updates or internal assessments. Appraisals are conducted by third-party independent appraisers under internal direction and engagement using a combination of valuation techniques such as sales comparison, income capitalization and cost approach and include inputs such as absorption rates, capitalization rate and comparables. Any appraisal with a value in excess of $250,000 is subject to a compliance review. Appraisals received with a value in excess of $1.0 million are subject to a technical review. Appraisals are either reviewed internally by our appraisal department or sent to an outside technical firm if appropriate. Both levels of review involve a scope appropriate for the complexity and risk associated with the OREO. To validate the reasonableness of the appraisals obtained, the Company compares the appraised value to the actual sales price of properties sold and analyzes the reasons why a property may be sold for less than its appraised value.

Derivative Assets and Derivative Liabilities – Derivative instruments with positive fair values are reported as an asset and derivative instruments with negative fair value are reported as liabilities, in both cases after taking into account the effects of master netting agreements. For derivative counterparties with which we have a master netting agreement, we measure nonperformance risk on the basis of our net exposure to the counterparty. The fair value of derivative assets and liabilities is determined based on prices obtained from third-party advisors using standardized industry models, or based on quoted market prices obtained from external pricing services. Many factors affect derivative values, including the level of interest rates, the market’s perception of our nonperformance risk as reflected in our credit spread, and our assessment of counterparty nonperformance risk. The nonperformance risk assessment is based on our evaluation of credit risk, or if available, on observable external assessments of credit risk. Values of derivative assets and liabilities are primarily based on observable inputs and are classified in level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, with the exception of certain client-related derivatives, risk participation agreements, and interest rate lock commitments, as discussed below. On a quarterly basis, the Company uses a variety of methods to validate the overall reasonableness of the fair values obtained from third-party advisors, including evaluating inputs and methodologies used by the third-party advisors, comparing prices obtained to prices received from other pricing sources, and reviewing the reasonableness of prices based on the Company's knowledge of market liquidity and other market-related conditions. While we may challenge valuation inputs used in determining prices obtained from third parties based on our validation procedures, during the quarters ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, we did not alter the fair values ultimately provided by the third-party advisors.

Level 3 derivatives include risk participation agreements, derivatives associated with clients whose loans are risk rated 6 or higher ("watch list derivative\"), and interest rate lock commitments. Refer to "Credit Quality Indicators" in Note 4 for further discussion of risk ratings. For the level 3 risk participation agreements and watch list derivatives, the Company obtains prices from third-party advisors, consistent with the valuation processes employed for the Company’s derivatives classified in level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, and then applies loss factors to adjust the prices obtained from third-party advisors. The significant unobservable inputs that are employed in the valuation process for the risk participation agreements and watch list derivatives that cause these derivatives to be classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are the historic loss factors specific to the particular industry segment and risk rating category. The loss factors are updated quarterly and are derived and aligned with the loss factors utilized in the calculation of the Company’s general reserve component of the allowance for loan losses. Changes in the fair value measurement of risk participation agreements and watch list derivatives are largely due to changes in the fair value of the derivative, risk rating adjustments and fluctuations in the pertinent historic average loss rate. For the interest rate lock commitments on mortgage loans, the fair value is based on prices obtained for loans with similar characteristics from third-party sources, adjusted for the probability that the interest rate lock commitment will fund (the “pull-through” rate). The significant unobservable input that causes these derivatives to be classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy is the pull-through rate. Pull-through rates are derived using the Company’s historical data and reflect the Company’s best estimate of the likelihood that a committed loan will

41

Table of Contents

ultimately fund. Significant increases in this input in isolation would result in a significantly higher fair value measurement and significant decreases would result in a significantly lower fair value measurement.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table presents the hierarchy level and fair value for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value at September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014 on a recurring basis.

Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
 
Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities available-for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury
$
269,734

 
$

 
$

 
$
269,734

 
$
268,265

 
$

 
$

 
$
268,265

U.S. Agency

 
46,735

 

 
46,735

 

 
46,258

 

 
46,258

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 
108,385

 

 
108,385

 

 
136,933

 

 
136,933

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 
825,595

 

 
825,595

 

 
846,078

 

 
846,078

State and municipal securities

 
452,506

 
971

 
453,477

 

 
347,310

 

 
347,310

Foreign sovereign debt

 

 

 

 

 
500

 

 
500

Total securities available-for-sale
269,734

 
1,433,221

 
971

 
1,703,926

 
268,265

 
1,377,079

 

 
1,645,344

Mortgage loans held-for-sale

 
24,065

 

 
24,065

 

 
42,215

 

 
42,215

Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contract derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 
12,451

 

 
12,451

 

 
4,542

 

 
4,542

Client-related derivatives

 
64,335

 
919

 
65,254

 

 
46,669

 
1,412

 
48,081

Other end-user derivatives

 
184

 
226

 
410

 

 
241

 
786

 
1,027

Netting adjustments

 
(18,007
)
 
(130
)
 
(18,137
)
 

 
(9,952
)
 
(636
)
 
(10,588
)
Total derivative assets

 
58,963

 
1,015

 
59,978

 

 
41,500

 
1,562

 
43,062

Total assets
$
269,734

 
$
1,516,249

 
$
1,986

 
$
1,787,969

 
$
268,265

 
$
1,460,794

 
$
1,562

 
$
1,730,621

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contract derivatives designated as hedging instruments
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,715

 
$

 
$
2,715

Client-related derivatives

 
66,609

 
177

 
66,786

 

 
47,799

 
676

 
48,475

Other end-user derivatives

 
184

 
235

 
419

 

 
45

 
801

 
846

Netting adjustments

 
(45,113
)
 
(125
)
 
(45,238
)
 

 
(24,633
)
 
(636
)
 
(25,269
)
Total derivative liabilities
$

 
$
21,680

 
$
287

 
$
21,967

 
$

 
$
25,926

 
$
841

 
$
26,767


If a change in valuation techniques or input assumptions for an asset or liability occurred between periods, we would consider whether this would result in a transfer between the three levels of the fair value hierarchy. There have been no transfers of assets or liabilities between level 1 and level 2 of the valuation hierarchy between December 31, 2014, and September 30, 2015.

42

Table of Contents


There have been no other changes in the valuation techniques we used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis from December 31, 2014, to September 30, 2015.

Reconciliation of Beginning and Ending Fair Value for Those
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) (1) 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
Available- for-Sale Securities
 
Derivative
Assets
 
Derivative
(Liabilities)
 
Derivative
Assets
 
Derivative
(Liabilities)
Balance at beginning of period
$

 
$
1,081

 
$
(295
)
 
$
2,712

 
$
(1,474
)
Total gains:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in earnings (2)

 
479

 
(406
)
 
(71
)
 
216

Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuances

 
297

 

 
84

 

Settlements

 
(976
)
 
289

 
(492
)
 
387

Transfers into Level 3 (out of Level 2) (3)
971

 
265

 

 
56

 

Transfers out of Level 3 (into Level 2) (3)

 
(1
)
 

 
(335
)
 
197

Balance at end of period
$
971

 
$
1,145

 
$
(412
)
 
$
1,954

 
$
(674
)
Change in unrealized gains in earnings relating to assets and liabilities still held at end of period
$

 
$
176

 
$
109

 
$
30

 
$
131

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30
 
2015
 
2014
 
Available- for-Sale Securities
 
Derivative
Assets
 
Derivative
(Liabilities)
 
Derivative
Assets
 
Derivative
(Liabilities)
Balance at beginning of period
$

 
$
2,198

 
$
(1,477
)
 
$
789

 
$
(201
)
Total gains:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Included in earnings (2)

 
237

 
(107
)
 
155

 
759

Purchases, issuances, sales and settlements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issuances

 
802

 

 
496

 

Settlements

 
(2,339
)
 
873

 
(1,672
)
 
(35
)
Transfers into Level 3 (out of Level 2) (3)
971

 
1,433

 
(160
)
 
2,635

 
(1,394
)
Transfers out of Level 3 (into Level 2) (3)

 
(1,186
)
 
459

 
(449
)
 
197

Balance at end of period
$
971

 
$
1,145

 
$
(412
)
 
$
1,954

 
$
(674
)
Change in unrealized gains in earnings relating to assets and liabilities still held at end of period
$

 
$
429

 
$
147

 
$
127

 
$
959

(1) 
Fair value is presented prior to giving effect to netting adjustments.
(2) 
Amounts disclosed in this line are included in the Consolidated Statements of Income as capital markets products income for derivatives and mortgage banking income for interest rate lock commitments.
(3) 
Transfers in and transfers out are recognized at the end of each quarterly reporting period. Investment securities transferred into Level 3 from Level 2 relate to a reclassification of certain municipal bonds. In general, derivative assets and liabilities are transferred into Level 3 from Level 2 due to a lack of observable market data, as there was deterioration in the credit risk of the derivative counterparty. Conversely, derivative assets and liabilities are transferred out of Level 3 into Level 2 due to an improvement in the credit risk of the derivative counterparty.


43

Table of Contents

Financial Instruments Recorded Using the Fair Value Option

Difference Between Aggregate Fair Value and Aggregate Remaining Principal Balance
for Mortgage Loans Held-For-Sale Elected to be Carried at Fair Value
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
Aggregate fair value
$
24,065

 
$
42,215

Difference (1)
(108
)
 
(16
)
Aggregate unpaid principal balance
$
23,957

 
$
42,199

(1) 
The change in fair value is reflected in mortgage banking non-interest income.

As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, none of the mortgage loans held-for-sale were on nonaccrual or 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest. Changes in fair value due to instrument-specific credit risk for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, were not material.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

From time to time, we may be required to measure certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. These adjustments to fair value usually result from the application of lower-of-cost-or-fair-value accounting or write-downs of individual assets when there is evidence of impairment.

The following table provides the fair value of those assets that were subject to fair value adjustments during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, and still held at September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. All fair value measurements on a nonrecurring basis were measured using level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

Fair Value Measurements on a Nonrecurring Basis
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Fair Value
 
Net Losses
 
September 30,
 
For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Collateral-dependent impaired loans (1)
$
20,317

 
$
36,048

 
$
1,398

 
$
12,708

OREO (2)
8,423

 
11,704

 
1,666

 
4,750

Total
$
28,740

 
$
47,752

 
$
3,064

 
$
17,458

(1) 
Represents the fair value of loans adjusted to the appraised value of the collateral with a write-down in fair value or change in specific reserves during the respective period. These fair value adjustments are recorded against the allowance for loan losses.
(2) 
Represents the fair value of foreclosed properties that were adjusted subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets. Write-downs are recognized as a component of net foreclosed property expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

There have been no changes in the valuation techniques we used for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis from December 31, 2014, to September 30, 2015.


44

Table of Contents

Additional Information Regarding Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents information regarding the unobservable inputs developed by the Company for its level 3 fair value measurements.

Quantitative Information Regarding Level 3 Fair Value Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Financial Instrument:
 
Fair Value
of Assets /
(Liabilities) at
September 30, 2015
 
Valuation Technique(s)
 
Unobservable
Input
 
Range
 
Weighted
Average
 
Investment securities
 
$
971

 
Bond pricing
 
Equivalent rating
 
Ba1-Aa3
 
N/A
 
Watch list derivatives
 
$
780

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Loss factors
 
7.5% to 17.3%
 
11.6
 %
 
Risk participation agreements
 
$
(38
)
(1) 
Discounted cash flow
 
Loss factors
 
1.0% to 17.3%
 
8.6
 %
 
Interest rate lock commitments
 
$
313

 
Discounted cash flow
 
Pull-through rate
 
64.8% to 100.0%
 
81.2
 %
 
Collateral-dependent impaired loans
 
$
20,317

 
Sales comparison,
income capitalization
and/or cost approach
 
Property specific
adjustment
 
-0.2% to -27.8%
 
-8.4
 %
(2)  
OREO
 
$
8,423

 
Sales comparison,
income capitalization
and/or cost approach
 
Property specific
adjustment
 
-1.0% to -18.8%
 
-6.8
 %
(2)  
(1) 
Represents fair value of underlying swap.
(2) 
Weighted average is calculated based on assets with a property specific adjustment.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the risk participation agreements and watch list derivatives are the historic loss factors. A significant increase (decrease) in the pertinent loss factor would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

Estimated Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments

U.S. GAAP requires disclosure of the estimated fair values of certain financial instruments, both assets and liabilities, on-and off-balance sheet, for which it is practical to estimate fair value. Because the disclosure of estimated fair values provided herein excludes the fair value of certain other financial instruments and all non-financial instruments, any aggregation of the estimated fair value amounts presented would not represent total underlying value. Examples of non-financial instruments having value not disclosed herein include the future earnings potential of significant customer relationships and the value of our asset management operations and other fee-generating businesses. In addition, other significant assets including property, plant, and equipment and goodwill are not considered financial instruments and, therefore, have not been included in the disclosure.

Various methodologies and assumptions have been utilized in management’s determination of the estimated fair value of our financial instruments, which are detailed below. The fair value estimates are made at a discrete point in time based on relevant market information. Because no market exists for a significant portion of these financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected economic conditions, loss experience, and risk characteristics of the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective, involve uncertainties, and cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

In addition to the valuation methodology explained above for financial instruments recorded at fair value, the following methods and assumptions were used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments that are carried at cost in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and includes the general classification of the assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Short-term financial assets and liabilities – For financial instruments with a shorter-term or with no stated maturity, prevailing market rates, and limited credit risk, the carrying amounts approximate fair value. Those financial instruments include cash and due from banks, Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks (including the receivable for cash collateral pledged),

45

Table of Contents

accrued interest receivable, and accrued interest payable. Accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable are classified consistent with the hierarchy of their corresponding assets and liabilities.

Other loans held-for-sale - Included in loans held-for sale at September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014 are $52.2 million and $36.6 million, respectively, of loans carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value. Also included in loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2014, are $36.3 million of loans held-for-sale in connection with the sale of the Company's banking office located in Norcross, Georgia, which closed in January 2015. Fair value estimates are based on the actual agreed upon price in the agreement.

Securities held-to-maturity – Securities held-to-maturity include collateralized mortgage obligations, residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities and state and municipal securities. Substantially all held-to-maturity securities are fixed income instruments that are not quoted on an exchange, but may be traded in active markets. The fair value of these securities is based on quoted market prices obtained from external pricing services. The principal markets for our securities portfolio are the secondary institutional markets, with an exit price that is predominantly reflective of bid level pricing in those markets.

FHLB stock – The carrying value of FHLB stock approximates fair value as the stock is non-marketable, and can only be sold to the FHLB or another member institution at par.

Loans – The fair value of loans is calculated by discounting estimated cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. Cash flows are estimated by applying contractual payment terms to assumed interest rates. The estimate of maturity is based on contractual terms and includes assumptions that reflect our and the industry’s historical experience with repayments for each loan classification. The estimation is modified, as required, by the effect of current economic and lending conditions, collateral, and other factors.

Covered assets – Covered assets include acquired loans and foreclosed loan collateral covered under a loss sharing agreement with the FDIC (including the fair value of expected reimbursements from the FDIC). The fair value of covered assets is calculated by discounting contractual cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the asset. The estimate of maturity is based on contractual terms and includes assumptions that reflect our and the industry’s historical experience with repayments for each asset classification. The estimate is modified, as required, by the effect of current economic and lending conditions, collateral, and other factors.

Investment in BOLI – The cash surrender value of our investment in bank owned life insurance approximates the fair value.

Community reinvestment investments - The fair values of these instruments were estimated using an income approach (discounted cash flow) that incorporates current market rates.

Deposit liabilities – The fair values disclosed for noninterest-bearing deposits, savings deposits, interest-bearing demand deposits, and money market deposits are approximately equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The fair values for certificates of deposit and time deposits were estimated using present value techniques by discounting the future cash flows at rates based on internal models and broker quotes.

Deposits held-for-sale – Deposits held-for-sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value. Amounts held at December 31, 2014, are deposits held-for-sale in connection with the sale of the Company's banking office located in Norcross, Georgia, which closed in January 2015. Fair value estimates are based upon the price and premium per the agreement.

Short-term borrowings – The fair value of FHLB advances with remaining maturities of one year or less is estimated by discounting the obligations using the rates currently offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities. The fair value of the repurchase obligation is considered to be equal to the carrying value because of its short-term nature. The fair value of secured borrowings is equal to the value of the loans they are collateralizing. See "Loans" above for further information. The carrying amount of the obligation for cash collateral held is considered to be its fair value because of its short-term nature.

Long-term debt – The fair value of the Company's fixed-rate long-term debt was estimated using the unadjusted publicly-available market price as of period end.

FHLB advances with remaining maturities greater than one year and the Company's variable-rate junior subordinated debentures are estimated by discounting future cash flows. For the FHLB advances with remaining maturities greater than one year, the Company discounts cash flows using quoted interest rates for similar financial instruments. For the Company's variable-rate junior subordinated debentures, we interpolate a discount rate we believe is appropriate based on quoted interest rates and entity specific adjustments.


46

Table of Contents

Commitments – Given the limited interest rate risk posed by the commitments outstanding at period end due to their variable rate structure, termination clauses provided in the agreements, and the market rate of fees charged, we have deemed the fair value of commitments outstanding to be immaterial.

Financial Instruments
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
As of September 30, 2015
 
Carrying Amount
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
145,477

 
$
145,477

 
$
145,477

 
$

 
$

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
231,600

 
231,600

 

 
231,600

 

Loans held-for-sale
76,225

 
76,225

 

 
76,225

 

Securities available-for-sale
1,703,926

 
1,703,926

 
269,734

 
1,433,221

 
971

Securities held-to-maturity
1,293,433

 
1,304,477

 

 
1,304,477

 

FHLB stock
30,740

 
30,740

 

 
30,740

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses and unearned fees
12,916,446

 
12,837,378

 

 

 
12,837,378

Covered assets, net of allowance for covered loan losses
22,222

 
28,386

 

 

 
28,386

Accrued interest receivable
43,064

 
43,064

 

 

 
43,064

Investment in BOLI
56,292

 
56,292

 

 

 
56,292

Derivative assets
59,978

 
59,978

 

 
58,963

 
1,015

Community reinvestment investments
3,967

 
6,322

 

 
6,322

 

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
13,897,739

 
$
13,910,827

 
$

 
$
11,582,503

 
$
2,328,324

Short-term borrowings
514,121

 
514,141

 

 
509,985

 
4,156

Long-term debt
694,788

 
665,771

 
207,293

 
400,132

 
58,346

Accrued interest payable
6,509

 
6,509

 

 

 
6,509

Derivative liabilities
21,967

 
21,967

 

 
21,680

 
287


47

Table of Contents

Financial Instruments (Continued)
(Amounts in thousands)

 
As of December 31, 2014
 
Carrying Amount
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements Using
 
 
Fair Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
132,211

 
$
132,211

 
$
132,211

 
$

 
$

Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
292,341

 
292,341

 

 
292,341

 

Loans held-for-sale
115,161

 
115,161

 

 
115,161

 

Securities available-for-sale
1,645,344

 
1,645,344

 
268,265

 
1,377,079

 

Securities held-to-maturity
1,129,285

 
1,132,615

 

 
1,132,615

 

FHLB stock
28,666

 
28,666

 

 
28,666

 

Loans, net of allowance for loan losses and unearned fees
11,739,721

 
11,736,461

 

 

 
11,736,461

Covered assets, net of allowance for covered loan losses
28,941

 
33,988

 

 

 
33,988

Accrued interest receivable
40,531

 
40,531

 

 

 
40,531

Investment in BOLI
55,207

 
55,207

 

 

 
55,207

Derivative assets
43,062

 
43,062

 

 
41,500

 
1,562

Community reinvestment investments
4,854

 
6,060

 

 
6,060

 

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
13,089,968

 
$
13,095,657

 
$

 
$
10,595,040

 
$
2,500,617

Deposits held-for-sale
122,216

 
117,572

 

 
117,572

 

Short-term borrowings
432,385

 
430,944

 

 
427,150

 
3,794

Long-term debt
344,788

 
332,374

 
204,320

 
54,092

 
73,962

Accrued interest payable
6,948

 
6,948

 

 

 
6,948

Derivative liabilities
26,767

 
26,767

 

 
25,926

 
841


17. OPERATING SEGMENTS

We have three primary operating segments: Banking, Asset Management and the Holding Company. With respect to the Banking and Asset Management segments, each is delineated by the products and services that it offers. The Banking operating segment is comprised of commercial and personal banking services, including mortgage originations. Commercial banking services are primarily provided to corporations and other business clients and include a wide array of lending and cash management products. Personal banking services offered to individuals, professionals, and entrepreneurs include direct lending and depository services. The Asset Management segment includes certain activities of our PrivateWealth group, including investment management, personal trust and estate administration, custodial and escrow, retirement plans and brokerage services. The activities of the third operating segment, the Holding Company, include the direct and indirect ownership of our banking subsidiary, the issuance of debt and intersegment eliminations.

The accounting policies of the individual operating segments are the same as those of the Company as described in Note 1, "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies," to the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Transactions between operating segments are primarily conducted at fair value, resulting in profits that are eliminated from consolidated results of operations.


48

Table of Contents

Financial results for each segment are presented below. For segment reporting purposes, the statement of financial condition of Asset Management is included with the Banking segment.

Operating Segments Performance
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Banking
 
Asset Management
 
Holding Company
and Other
Adjustments
 
Consolidated
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income (loss)
$
135,733

 
$
123,208

 
$
1,142

 
$
781

 
$
(5,666
)
 
$
(7,231
)
 
$
131,209

 
$
116,758

Provision for loan and covered loan losses
4,197

 
3,890

 

 

 

 

 
4,197

 
3,890

Non-interest income
26,311

 
26,414

 
4,462

 
4,240

 
16

 
15

 
30,789

 
30,669

Non-interest expense
78,274

 
71,194

 
4,063

 
4,108

 
2,838

 
2,534

 
85,175

 
77,836

Income (loss) before taxes
79,573

 
74,538

 
1,541

 
913

 
(8,488
)
 
(9,750
)
 
72,626

 
65,701

Income tax provision (benefit)
29,806

 
28,432

 
599

 
359

 
(3,047
)
 
(3,617
)
 
27,358

 
25,174

Net income (loss)
$
49,767

 
$
46,106

 
$
942

 
$
554

 
$
(5,441
)
 
$
(6,133
)
 
$
45,268

 
$
40,527

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Banking
 
Asset Management
 
Holding Company
and Other
Adjustments
 
Consolidated
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Net interest income (loss)
$
391,352

 
$
357,115

 
$
3,145

 
$
2,555

 
$
(16,673
)
 
$
(21,809
)
 
$
377,824

 
$
337,861

Provision for loan and covered loan losses
11,959

 
7,924

 

 

 

 

 
11,959

 
7,924

Non-interest income
83,722

 
74,090

 
13,596

 
13,029

 
46

 
45

 
97,364

 
87,164

Non-interest expense
228,965

 
208,374

 
12,888

 
12,516

 
8,364

 
8,161

 
250,217

 
229,051

Income (loss) before taxes
234,150

 
214,907

 
3,853

 
3,068

 
(24,991
)
 
(29,925
)
 
213,012

 
188,050

Income tax provision (benefit)
87,694

 
82,415

 
1,497

 
1,208

 
(9,353
)
 
(11,429
)
 
79,838

 
72,194

Net income (loss)
$
146,456

 
$
132,492

 
$
2,356

 
$
1,860

 
$
(15,638
)
 
$
(18,496
)
 
$
133,174

 
$
115,856

 
Banking
 
Holding Company and Other Adjustments(1)
 
Consolidated
 
9/30/2015
 
12/31/2014
 
9/30/2015
 
12/31/2014
 
9/30/2015
 
12/31/2014
Selected Balances
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
$
15,003,875

 
$
13,882,805

 
$
1,890,730

 
$
1,720,577

 
$
16,894,605

 
$
15,603,382

Total loans
13,079,314

 
11,892,219

 

 

 
13,079,314

 
11,892,219

Deposits, excluding deposits held-for-sale
13,955,153

 
13,150,600

 
(57,414
)
 
(60,632
)
 
13,897,739

 
13,089,968

(1) 
Deposit amounts represent the elimination of Holding Company cash accounts included in total deposits of the Banking segment.


49

Table of Contents

18. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

At September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, the Company did not have any variable interest entities ("VIEs") consolidated in its financial statements. The table below presents our interests in VIEs that are not consolidated in our financial statements.

Nonconsolidated VIEs
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Maximum
Exposure
to Loss
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Maximum
Exposure
to Loss
Trust preferred capital securities issuances
$
169,788

 
$

 
$
169,788

 
$

Community reinvestment investments
21,809

 
35,682

 
14,360

 
16,054

Restructured loans to commercial clients (1):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding loan balance
43,139

 
52,017

 
49,376

 
57,782

Related derivative asset
13

 
13

 
6,533

 
6,533

Total
$
234,749

 
$
87,712

 
$
240,057

 
$
80,369

(1) 
Excludes personal loans and loans to non-for-profit entities.

Trust preferred capital securities issuances – As discussed in Note 9, we sponsor and wholly own 100% of the common equity of four trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third-party investors and investing the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities solely in debentures issued by the Company. The trusts’ only assets are the principal balance of the Debentures and the related interest receivable, which are included within long-term debt in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Company is not the primary beneficiary of the trusts and accordingly, the trusts are not consolidated in our financial statements.

Community reinvestment investments – We hold certain investments in funds that make investments to further our community reinvestment initiatives. Such investments are included within other assets in our Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Certain of these investments meet the definition of a VIE, but the Company is not the primary beneficiary as we are a limited investor in those investment funds and do not have the power to direct their investment activities. Accordingly, we will continue to account for our interests in these investments on an unconsolidated basis. Our maximum exposure to loss is limited to the carrying amount plus additional required future capital contributions.

A portion of our community reinvestment investments are investments in limited liability entities that invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for low-income housing tax credits. These investments entitle the Company to tax credits through 2028. Any new investments in qualified affordable housing projects entered into on or after January 1, 2014, that meet certain conditions are accounted for using the proportional amortization method. Prior to January 1, 2014, the Company accounted for all of its investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the effective yield method and has elected to continue accounting for preexisting tax credit investments using the effective yield method as permitted under the accounting standards.

The carrying value of the Company’s tax credit investments in affordable housing projects totaled $19.2 million and $10.0 million as of September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively. The Company recognizes tax credits related to these investments, which totaled $470,000 and $328,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company also recognizes tax benefits from the operating losses generated by these investments, which totaled $175,000 and $138,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The amortization of the principal investment balances for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 totaled $481,000 and $354,000, respectively. Commitments to provide future capital contributions totaling $17.2 million as of September 30, 2015, are expected to be paid through 2030. These investments are reviewed periodically for impairment. No impairment losses were recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014.

Restructured loans – For certain troubled commercial loans, we restructure the terms of the borrower’s debt in an effort to increase the probability of collecting amounts contractually due. Following a restructuring, the borrower entity typically meets the definition of a VIE, and economic events have proven that the entity’s equity is not sufficient to permit it to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or a restructuring of the terms of its financing. As we do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact such troubled commercial borrowers’ operations, we are not considered the primary

50

Table of Contents

beneficiary even in situations where, based on the size of the financing provided, we are exposed to potentially significant benefits and losses of the borrowing entity. We have no contractual requirements to provide financial support to the borrowing entities beyond certain funding commitments established upon restructuring of the terms of the debt. Our interests in the troubled commercial borrowers include outstanding loans and related derivative assets. Our maximum exposure to loss is limited to these interests plus any additional future funding commitments.

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

PrivateBancorp, Inc. ("PrivateBancorp," the "Company," we, our or us), is a Delaware corporation and bank holding company headquartered in Chicago, Illinois. The PrivateBank and Trust Company (the "Bank" or "PrivateBank"), our bank subsidiary, provides customized financial services to middle-market companies, as well as business owners, executives, entrepreneurs and families in all the markets and communities we serve. As of September 30, 2015, we had 35 offices located in 12 states, primarily in the Midwest, with a majority of our business conducted in the greater Chicago market area.

We deliver a full spectrum of commercial and personal banking products and services to our clients through our commercial banking, community banking and private wealth businesses. We offer clients a full range of lending, treasury management, capital markets and other banking products to meet their commercial needs, and residential mortgage banking, private banking and asset management services to meet their personal needs.

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes presented elsewhere in this report, as well as our audited consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015. Unless otherwise stated, all earnings per share data included in this section and through the remainder of this discussion are presented on a fully diluted basis.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements contained in this report that are not historical facts may constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements represent management's current beliefs and expectations regarding future events, such as our anticipated future financial results, credit quality, liquidity, revenues, expenses, or other financial items, and the impact of business plans and strategies or legislative or regulatory actions. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as "may," "might," "will," "should," "could," "would," "expect," "plan," "anticipate," "intend," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "project," "potential," or "continue" or other comparable terminology.

Our ability to predict results or the actual effects of future plans, strategies or events is inherently uncertain. Factors which could cause actual results or conditions to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements include:

continued uncertainty regarding the U.S. and global economic outlook that may impact market conditions or affect demand for certain banking products and services;
unanticipated developments in pending or prospective loan transactions or greater-than-expected paydowns or payoffs of existing loans;
competitive pressures in the financial services industry relating to both pricing and loan structures, which may impact our growth rate due to increasing availability in the market of financing alternatives offering terms outside our risk tolerances;
unforeseen credit quality problems or changing economic conditions that could result in charge-offs greater than we have anticipated in our allowance for loan losses or changes in value of our investments;
an inability to attract sufficient or cost-effective sources of liquidity or funding as and when needed;
unanticipated losses of one or more large depositor relationships, or other significant deposit outflows;
loss of key personnel or an inability to recruit appropriate talent cost-effectively;
greater-than-anticipated costs to support the growth of our business, including investments in technology, process improvements or other infrastructure enhancements, or greater-than-anticipated compliance costs or regulatory burdens; or
failures or disruptions to, or compromises of, our data processing or other information or operational systems, including the potential impact of disruptions or security breaches at our third-party service providers.

51

Table of Contents

These factors should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on our forward-looking statements. Readers should also consider the risks, assumptions and uncertainties set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section of this Form 10-Q, as well as those set forth in our subsequent periodic and current reports filed with the SEC. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made and we assume no obligation to update any of these statements in light of new information, future events or otherwise unless required under the federal securities laws.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"), and our accounting policies are consistent with predominant practices in the financial services industry. Critical accounting policies are those policies that require management to make the most significant estimates, assumptions, and judgments based on information available at the date of the financial statements that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Future changes in information may affect these estimates, assumptions, and judgments, which, in turn, may affect amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Management has determined that our accounting policies with respect to the allowance for loan losses, goodwill and intangible assets, income taxes and fair value measurements are the accounting areas requiring subjective or complex judgments that are most important to our financial position and results of operations and, as such, are considered to be critical accounting policies. For additional information regarding critical accounting policies, refer to "Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" presented in Note 1 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" and the section titled "Critical Accounting Policies" in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations both included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, as well as the section titled "Credit Quality Management and Allowance for Loan Losses" in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included later in this Form 10-Q. There have been no significant changes in our application of critical accounting policies since December 31, 2014.

USE OF NON-U.S. GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

This report contains both U.S. GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP financial measures. These non-U.S. GAAP financial measures include (i) net interest income, net interest margin, net revenue, operating profit, and efficiency ratio, which are all presented on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, and (ii) return on average tangible common equity, common equity Tier 1 ratio (prior to 2015), tangible common equity to tangible assets, and tangible book value. We believe that presenting these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures provides information useful to investors in understanding our underlying operational performance, business and performance trends, and facilitates comparisons with the performance of other similar companies in the banking industry. Where non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are used, the comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure and a reconciliation to such U.S. GAAP financial measure can be found in Table 26. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-U.S. GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

OVERVIEW OF RECENT FINANCIAL RESULTS

For the three months ended September 30, 2015, we reported net income available to common stockholders of $45.3 million, an increase of $4.7 million, or 12%, compared to $40.5 million for third quarter 2014, and a decrease of $1.2 million, or 2%, compared to $46.4 million for second quarter 2015. Diluted earnings per share were $0.57, an increase of 12% compared to $0.51 per diluted share in third quarter 2014 and a slight decrease from $0.58 in the previous quarter. For the three months ended September 30, 2015, our annualized return on average assets was 1.09% and our annualized return on average common equity was 11.05%, compared with a year ago quarter when such ratios were 1.09% and 11.27%, respectively. Our efficiency ratio was 52.2% for the three months ended September 30, 2015, comparable to 52.5% in third quarter 2014.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we reported net income available to common stockholders of $133.2 million, an increase of $17.3 million, or 15%, compared to $115.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Diluted earnings per share were $1.67, an increase of 14% for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to $1.47 per diluted share for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Annualized return on average assets was 1.10% and our annualized return on average common equity was 11.31%, compared with prior year ratios of 1.08% and 11.22%, respectively. Our efficiency ratio was 52.3% for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, a slight improvement from the 53.6% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Compared to third quarter 2014, the increase in earnings for the current quarter was mainly attributable to an increase in net interest income as a result of $1.5 billion in loan growth over the past year and lower interest expense on our long-term debt due to the

52

Table of Contents

$75 million partial redemption in October 2014 of our 10% junior subordinated debentures (the "10% Debentures"). These same factors contributed to an increase in operating profit of $7.6 million to $78.0 million for third quarter 2015 compared to $70.4 million for third quarter 2014. Net revenue was $163.1 million, up $14.9 million from third quarter 2014, primarily due to the loan growth since September 30, 2014 mentioned above. Net interest income for third quarter 2015 increased $14.5 million compared to third quarter 2014, driven by higher interest income on $1.8 billion growth in average interest-earning assets compared to the prior year quarter and reduced cost of funds. Net interest margin was 3.23% for third quarter 2015, comparable to 3.23% for third quarter 2014. Non-interest income for the current quarter, which was largely unchanged from the prior year quarter, was impacted by a decline in syndication revenue and a $1.7 million negative change in the credit valuation adjustment on capital markets product income compared to third quarter 2014. Non-interest expenses increased 9% from the prior year quarter, primarily due to higher salary and employee benefit costs and an increase in the provision for unfunded commitments in connection with an individual credit reserved for in third quarter 2015.

Credit quality metrics as of September 30, 2015, largely improved from year end 2014, with a 33% decline in nonperforming assets. At September 30, 2015, other real estate owned was $12.8 million, a reduction of $4.7 million from December 31, 2014. Nonperforming assets to total assets were 0.34% at September 30, 2015, compared to 0.54% at December 31, 2014. Nonperforming loans to total loans were 0.34% at September 30, 2015, compared to 0.57% at December 31, 2014. At September 30, 2015, our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 1.25%, compared to 1.28% at December 31, 2014. Net recoveries totaled $1.6 million in third quarter 2015 as compared to net charge-offs of $88,000 in third quarter 2014, while the provision for loan losses, excluding covered assets, increased to $4.2 million in third quarter 2015 compared to $3.7 million for third quarter 2014. The current quarter provision was impacted by loan growth, credit rating changes within our performing loan portfolio and an increase in our specific reserve requirements mainly attributable to an individual credit (the same credit that also gave rise to the additional provision for unfunded commitments discussed above). Specific reserves at September 30, 2015 totaled $9.1 million, or 5.6% of the total allowance for loan losses, compared to $19.0 million at September 30, 2014, and $16.6 million at December 31, 2014. Given the relatively low level of specific reserves, we expect any further benefit to provision expense resulting from the release of existing specific reserves to be minimal. Accordingly, we expect our provision expense going forward to be driven by changes to the general allocated reserve component due to overall loan growth and performance and, if necessary, any new specific reserves that may be required.

Total loans grew $1.2 billion, or 10%, to $13.1 billion at September 30, 2015, from $11.9 billion at year end 2014, and increased $1.5 billion, or 13%, from September 30, 2014, primarily driven by commercial loans and commercial real estate loans to new clients. Total commercial loans and commercial real estate loans comprised 67% and 24% of total loans, respectively, at September 30, 2015, consistent with year end 2014 and September 30, 2014.

Total deposits at September 30, 2015, increased $807.8 million to $13.9 billion from year end 2014, while average deposits increased $1.2 billion from year end 2014, primarily due to an increase in money market deposits and noninterest-bearing demand deposits. Our deposit base is predominately comprised of commercial client balances, which will fluctuate from time to time based on our clients' business and liquidity needs.

Please refer to the remaining sections of "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" for greater discussion of the various components of our third quarter 2015 performance, statement of financial condition and liquidity.


53

Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents selected quarterly financial data highlighting our operating performance trends over the past five quarters.

Table 1
Consolidated Financial Highlights
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
 
 
As of and for the Three Months Ended
 
2015
 
2014
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Selected Operating Statistics
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
45,268

 
$
46,422

 
$
41,484

 
$
37,223

 
$
40,527

Effective tax rate
37.7
%
 
37.0
%
 
37.8
%
 
38.1
%
 
38.3
%
Net interest income
$
131,209

 
$
124,622

 
$
121,993

 
$
116,876

 
$
116,758

Fee revenue (1)
30,529

 
33,060

 
32,982

 
30,426

 
30,666

Net revenue (2)
163,134

 
158,717

 
156,453

 
148,180

 
148,238

Operating profit (2)
77,959

 
76,820

 
73,308

 
65,155

 
70,402

Provision for loan losses (3)
4,203

 
2,056

 
5,491

 
3,977

 
3,732

Per Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share
$
0.58

 
$
0.59

 
$
0.53

 
$
0.48

 
$
0.52

Diluted earnings per share
0.57

 
0.58

 
0.52

 
0.47

 
0.51

Tangible book value at period end (2)(4)
$
19.65

 
$
18.88

 
$
18.35

 
$
17.67

 
$
17.08

Dividend payout ratio
1.72
%
 
1.69
%
 
1.89
%
 
2.08
%
 
1.92
%
Performance Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average common equity
11.05
%
 
11.85
%
 
11.05
%
 
10.03
%
 
11.27
%
Return on average assets
1.09
%
 
1.15
%
 
1.07
%
 
0.95
%
 
1.09
%
Return on average tangible common equity (2)
11.85
%
 
12.75
%
 
11.94
%
 
10.89
%
 
12.27
%
Net interest margin (2)
3.23
%
 
3.17
%
 
3.21
%
 
3.07
%
 
3.23
%
Efficiency ratio (2)(5)
52.21
%
 
51.60
%
 
53.14
%
 
56.03
%
 
52.51
%
Credit Quality (3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total nonperforming loans to total loans
0.34
%
 
0.45
%
 
0.58
%
 
0.57
%
 
0.64
%
Total nonperforming assets to total assets
0.34
%
 
0.44
%
 
0.53
%
 
0.54
%
 
0.60
%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
1.25
%
 
1.25
%
 
1.29
%
 
1.28
%
 
1.30
%
Balance Sheet Highlights
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
16,894,605

 
$
16,225,895

 
$
16,361,348

 
$
15,603,382

 
$
15,190,468

Average interest-earning assets
16,050,598

 
15,703,136

 
15,293,533

 
15,022,425

 
14,283,920

Loans (3)
13,079,314

 
12,543,281

 
12,170,484

 
11,892,219

 
11,547,587

Allowance for loan losses (3)
(162,868
)
 
(157,051
)
 
(156,610
)
 
(152,498
)
 
(150,135
)
Deposits, excluding deposits held-for-sale
13,897,739

 
13,388,936

 
14,101,728

 
13,089,968

 
12,849,204

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
4,068,816

 
3,702,377

 
3,936,181

 
3,516,695

 
3,342,862

Loans to deposits (3)
94.11
%
 
93.68
%
 
86.30
%
 
90.85
%
 
89.87
%


54

Table of Contents

 
As of
 
2015
 
2014
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Capital Ratios
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital
12.28
%
 
12.41
%
 
12.29
%
 
12.51
%
 
13.18
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
10.39
%
 
10.49
%
 
10.34
%
 
10.49
%
 
11.12
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
10.35
%
 
10.24
%
 
10.16
%
 
9.96
%
 
10.70
%
Common equity Tier 1 ratio (6)
9.35
%
 
9.41
%
 
9.23
%
 
9.33
%
 
9.38
%
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (2)(7)
9.23
%
 
9.22
%
 
8.86
%
 
8.91
%
 
8.84
%
(1) 
Computed as total non-interest income less net securities gains (losses).
(2) 
This is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. Refer to Table 26 for a reconciliation of non-U.S. GAAP measures to comparable U.S. GAAP measures.
(3) 
Excludes covered assets.
(4) 
Computed as total equity less preferred stock, goodwill and other intangibles divided by outstanding shares of common stock at end of period.
(5) 
Computed as non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a tax equivalent basis (assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%) and non-interest income.
(6) 
Effective January 1, 2015, the common equity Tier 1 ratio is a required regulatory capital measure and as presented for the 2015 periods is calculated in accordance with the new Basel III capital rules. For periods prior to January 1, 2015, this ratio was considered a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure and was calculated without giving effect to the final Basel III capital rules. Refer to Table 26, "Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures" for a reconciliation from non-U.S. GAAP to U.S. GAAP for periods prior to 2015.
(7) 
Computed as tangible common equity divided by tangible assets, where tangible common equity equals total equity less preferred stock, goodwill and other intangible assets and tangible assets equals total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets.
 
Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the primary source of the Company's revenue. Net interest income is the difference between interest income and fees earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments, and interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings, which are used to fund those assets. Net interest income is affected by the volume, pricing, mix and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; the volume and value of noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing demand deposits and equity; the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk; the sensitivity of the balance sheet to fluctuations in interest rates, including characteristics such as the fixed or variable nature of the financial instruments, contractual maturities, repricing frequencies, and loan repayment behavior; and asset quality.

Interest rate spread and net interest margin are utilized to measure and explain changes in net interest income. Interest rate spread is the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid for interest-bearing liabilities that fund those assets. Net interest margin is expressed as the percentage of net interest income to average interest-earning assets. The net interest margin exceeds the interest rate spread because noninterest-bearing sources of funds, principally noninterest-bearing demand deposits and equity, also support interest-earning assets.

The accounting policies underlying the recognition of interest income on loans, securities, and other interest-earning assets are included in Note 1 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

For purposes of this discussion, net interest income and any ratios or metrics that include net interest income as a component, such as net interest margin, have been adjusted to a fully tax-equivalent basis to more appropriately compare the returns on certain tax-exempt securities to those on taxable securities, assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%. The effect of the tax-equivalent adjustment is presented at the bottom of the following table.

Quarter ended September 30, 2015 compared to quarter ended September 30, 2014

Table 2 summarizes the changes in our average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as well as the average interest rates earned and paid on these assets and liabilities, respectively, for the quarters ended September 30, 2015 and 2014. The table also presents the trend in net interest margin on a quarterly basis for 2015 and 2014, including the tax-equivalent yields on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. In addition, Table 2 details variances in income and expense for each

55

Table of Contents

of the major categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and indicates the extent to which such variances are attributable to volume versus yield/rate changes.

Table 2
Net Interest Income and Margin Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
 
Attribution of Change in Net Interest Income (1)
 
2015
 
 
2014
 
 
 
Average
Balance
 

Interest
(2)
 
Yield/
Rate
(%)
 
 
Average
Balance
 

Interest
(2)
 
Yield/
Rate
(%)
 
 
Volume
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
$
270,278

 
$
168

 
0.24
%
 
 
$
230,829

 
$
142

 
0.24
%
 
 
$
25

 
$
1

 
$
26

Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
2,440,779

 
13,599

 
2.23
%
 
 
2,272,066

 
13,370

 
2.35
%
 
 
962

 
(733
)
 
229

Tax-exempt (3)
424,003

 
3,313

 
3.13
%
 
 
291,172

 
2,340

 
3.22
%
 
 
1,040

 
(67
)
 
973

Total securities
2,864,782

 
16,912

 
2.36
%
 
 
2,563,238

 
15,710

 
2.45
%
 
 
2,002

 
(800
)
 
1,202

FHLB stock
25,907

 
69

 
1.04
%
 
 
28,666

 
48

 
0.65
%
 
 
(5
)
 
26

 
21

Loans, excluding covered assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
8,561,067

 
92,139

 
4.21
%
 
 
7,751,264

 
85,516

 
4.32
%
 
 
8,757

 
(2,134
)
 
6,623

Commercial real estate
3,108,679

 
29,039

 
3.66
%
 
 
2,556,825

 
23,447

 
3.59
%
 
 
5,148

 
444

 
5,592

Construction
442,331

 
4,493

 
3.97
%
 
 
380,876

 
3,856

 
3.96
%
 
 
624

 
13

 
637

Residential
446,783

 
3,959

 
3.54
%
 
 
362,297

 
3,240

 
3.58
%
 
 
749

 
(30
)
 
719

Personal and home equity
301,449

 
2,237

 
2.94
%
 
 
340,163

 
2,520

 
2.94
%
 
 
(287
)
 
4

 
(283
)
Total loans, excluding covered assets(4)
12,860,309

 
131,867

 
4.02
%
 
 
11,391,425

 
118,579

 
4.08
%
 
 
14,991

 
(1,703
)
 
13,288

Covered assets (5)
29,322

 
239

 
3.23
%
 
 
69,762

 
632

 
3.56
%
 
 
(335
)
 
(58
)
 
(393
)
Total interest-earning assets (3)
16,050,598

 
$
149,255

 
3.65
%
 
 
14,283,920

 
$
135,111

 
3.72
%
 
 
$
16,678

 
$
(2,534
)
 
$
14,144

Cash and due from banks
172,742

 
 
 
 
 
 
153,849

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and covered loan losses
(167,173
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(156,632
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets
486,158

 
 
 
 
 
 
465,897

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
16,542,325

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
14,747,034

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Equity (6):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
$
1,411,434

 
$
937

 
0.26
%
 
 
$
1,191,688

 
$
918

 
0.31
%
 
 
$
156

 
$
(137
)
 
$
19

Savings deposits
342,568

 
370

 
0.43
%
 
 
286,807

 
215

 
0.30
%
 
 
48

 
107

 
155

Money market accounts
5,829,378

 
4,749

 
0.32
%
 
 
4,934,436

 
3,958

 
0.32
%
 
 
728

 
63

 
791

Time deposits
2,302,743

 
5,782

 
1.00
%
 
 
2,706,474

 
5,723

 
0.84
%
 
 
(746
)
 
805

 
59

Total interest-bearing deposits
9,886,123

 
11,838

 
0.48
%
 
 
9,119,405

 
10,814

 
0.47
%
 
 
186

 
838

 
1,024

Short-term borrowings
143,436

 
24

 
0.07
%
 
 
66,439

 
158

 
0.93
%
 
 
89

 
(223
)
 
(134
)
Long-term debt
694,788

 
5,048

 
2.89
%
 
 
630,706

 
6,570

 
4.16
%
 
 
617

 
(2,139
)
 
(1,522
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
10,724,347

 
16,910

 
0.63
%
 
 
9,816,550

 
17,542

 
0.71
%
 
 
892

 
(1,524
)
 
(632
)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
4,039,259

 
 
 
 
 
 
3,381,787

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
152,737

 
 
 
 
 
 
122,424

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity
1,625,982

 
 
 
 
 
 
1,426,273

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and equity
$
16,542,325

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
14,747,034

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest spread (3)(6)
 
 
 
 
3.02
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.01
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contribution of noninterest-bearing sources of funds
 
 
 
 
0.21
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.22
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income/margin (3)(6)
 
 
132,345

 
3.23
%
 
 
 
 
117,569

 
3.23
%
 
 
$
15,786

 
$
(1,010
)
 
$
14,776

Less: tax equivalent adjustment
 
 
1,136

 
 
 
 
 
 
811

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income, as reported
 
 
$
131,209

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
116,758

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(footnotes on following page)


56

Table of Contents

Table 2
Net Interest Income and Margin Analysis (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Quarterly Net Interest Margin Trend
 
2015
 
2014
 
Third
 
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
 
First
Yield on interest-earning assets (3)
3.65
%
 
3.60
%
 
3.65
%
 
3.57
%
 
3.72
%
 
3.69
%
 
3.72
%
Cost of interest-bearing liabilities (6)
0.63
%
 
0.62
%
 
0.63
%
 
0.73
%
 
0.71
%
 
0.69
%
 
0.70
%
Net interest spread (3)(6)
3.02
%
 
2.98
%
 
3.02
%
 
2.84
%
 
3.01
%
 
3.00
%
 
3.02
%
Contribution of noninterest-bearing sources of funds
0.21
%
 
0.19
%
 
0.19
%
 
0.23
%
 
0.22
%
 
0.21
%
 
0.21
%
Net interest margin (3)(6)
3.23
%
 
3.17
%
 
3.21
%
 
3.07
%
 
3.23
%
 
3.21
%
 
3.23
%
(1) 
For purposes of this table, changes which are not due solely to volume changes or rate changes are allocated to such categories in proportion to the absolute amounts of the change in each.
(2) 
Interest income included $8.0 million and $7.7 million in net loan fees for the quarters ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(3) 
Interest income and yields are presented on a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%. This is a non-U.S. GAAP measure. Refer to Table 26, "Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures," for a reconciliation of the effect of the tax-equivalent adjustment.
(4) 
Includes loans held-for-sale and nonaccrual loans. Average loans on a nonaccrual basis for the recognition of interest income totaled $49.3 million and $76.9 million for the quarters ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Interest foregone on impaired loans was estimated to be approximately $481,000 and $763,000 for the quarters ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, calculated based on the average loan portfolio yield for the respective period.
(5) 
Covered interest-earning assets consist of loans acquired through a Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") assisted transaction that are subject to a loss share agreement and the related indemnification asset. Refer to the section below entitled "Covered Assets" for a detailed discussion.
(6) 
Includes deposits held-for-sale.

Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis increased $14.8 million, or 13%, to $132.3 million for third quarter 2015, compared to $117.6 million for third quarter 2014. The growth in interest income for third quarter 2015 was largely due to a $13.3 million increase in interest income on loans driven by a $1.5 billion higher average loan balances for the period compared to the year ago period. Interest expense decreased $632,000, primarily related to interest savings on the $75.0 million partial redemption of our 10% Debentures in fourth quarter 2014. Deposit costs increased $1.0 million, primarily reflecting higher average money market and interest-bearing demand deposit balances. While rates on time deposits increased, average balances declined, offsetting the impact during the quarter.

Average interest-earning assets grew $1.8 billion from the prior year period primarily driven by $1.5 billion of growth in average loan balances, with $809.8 million of the growth in the commercial loan portfolio and $551.9 million in the commercial real estate portfolio, along with a $301.5 million increase in average securities balances. Average interest-bearing liabilities grew $907.8 million from the prior year period primarily driven by $766.7 million of growth in average interest-bearing deposits, with growth in all categories of deposits except for time deposits. Also during third quarter 2015, average short-term borrowings increased $77.0 million, due in part to securities sold under an agreement to repurchase ("repurchase agreement") entered into during the current quarter, while average long-term debt increased $64.1 million as a result of increased average long-term FHLB advances added during 2015, net of a lower outstanding amount of our 10% Debentures in the current quarter as a result of the partial redemption in fourth quarter 2014.

Net interest margin was 3.23% for third quarter 2015 and 2014. Interest-earning asset yields declined 7 basis points in the current quarter compared to the year ago quarter, with the decline primarily due to lower loan yields. Although loan yields declined by 6 basis points from third quarter 2014, they continue to benefit from our hedging program, increases in our specialty lending activity (which generally commands higher loan rates), and higher loan fees. Our commercial loan hedging program contributed 8 basis points to our loan yields for both third quarter 2015 and 2014. A $1.2 million prepayment loan fee contributed 4 basis points to our loan yields in third quarter 2015, compared to $900,000 in third quarter 2014, which contributed 3 basis points to our loan yields. The 8 basis points decrease in cost of funds for the quarter was driven primarily by interest savings on the $75.0 million partial redemption of our 10% Debentures in fourth quarter 2014 and, to a lesser extent, reduced borrowing costs from lower short-term FHLB yields in third quarter 2015 compared to third quarter 2014. Deposit costs increased 1 basis point from the prior year period. Average noninterest-bearing demand deposits and average equity, our principal sources of noninterest-bearing funds, increased in aggregate by $857.2 million from third quarter 2014, but the lower interest rate environment continues to reduce their value within net interest margin, decreasing 1 basis point from third quarter 2014 to third quarter 2015.

57

Table of Contents


In the continued low interest rate environment, competition remains strong, which has influenced loan pricing and structure. Future loan yields may be impacted by fluctuations in loan fees and interest recovered on nonaccrual loans, acceleration of unamortized origination fees upon early payoff or refinancing, and prepayment and other fees received on certain event-driven actions in accordance with the loan agreement. For the past three years, in the prolonged low interest rate environment, we have experienced a general decline in our loan yields, primarily due to pricing compression on loan renewals. With over two-thirds of our loan portfolio indexed to one-month LIBOR, we expect this trend to continue in 2016 or until there is a meaningful increase in interest rates. Although we expect our net interest margin to benefit from a rise in short-term interest rates, it is more difficult to predict the impact on deposit costs as it will depend on client behavior, pricing pressure within the bank marketplace and from non-bank alternatives, the mix of our funding sources, and prices for alternative sources of deposits and funds.


58

Table of Contents

Nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2014

Table 3
Net Interest Income and Margin Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
 
Attribution of Change in
 
2015
 
 
2014
 
 
Net Interest Income (1)
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest (2)
 
Yield/
Rate
(%)
 
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest (2)
 
Yield/
Rate
(%)
 
 
Volume
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits in banks
$
361,076

 
$
674

 
0.25
%
 
 
$
229,749

 
$
423

 
0.24
%
 
 
$
245

 
$
6

 
$
251

Securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable
2,400,121

 
40,696

 
2.26
%
 
 
2,267,303

 
40,250

 
2.37
%
 
 
2,298

 
(1,852
)
 
446

Tax-exempt (3)
385,403

 
9,080

 
3.14
%
 
 
275,257

 
6,845

 
3.32
%
 
 
2,612

 
(377
)
 
2,235

Total securities
2,785,524

 
49,776

 
2.38
%
 
 
2,542,560

 
47,095

 
2.47
%
 
 
4,910

 
(2,229
)
 
2,681

FHLB stock
26,985

 
180

 
0.88
%
 
 
29,190

 
140

 
0.63
%
 
 
(12
)
 
52

 
40

Loans, excluding covered assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
8,363,221

 
265,448

 
4.19
%
 
 
7,476,056

 
245,097

 
4.32
%
 
 
28,355

 
(8,004
)
 
20,351

Commercial real estate
2,971,554

 
83,643

 
3.71
%
 
 
2,505,395

 
67,588

 
3.56
%
 
 
13,018

 
3,037

 
16,055

Construction
408,077

 
12,327

 
3.98
%
 
 
358,370

 
10,545

 
3.88
%
 
 
1,496

 
286

 
1,782

Residential
416,499

 
10,987

 
3.52
%
 
 
353,999

 
9,819

 
3.70
%
 
 
1,667

 
(499
)
 
1,168

Personal and home equity
321,250

 
7,176

 
2.99
%
 
 
352,512

 
8,020

 
3.04
%
 
 
(700
)
 
(144
)
 
(844
)
Total loans, excluding covered assets (4)
12,480,601

 
379,581

 
4.01
%
 
 
11,046,332

 
341,069

 
4.07
%
 
 
43,836

 
(5,324
)
 
38,512

Covered assets (5)
31,008

 
874

 
3.77
%
 
 
83,188

 
2,037

 
3.24
%
 
 
(1,434
)
 
271

 
(1,163
)
Total interest-earning assets (3)
15,685,194

 
$
431,085

 
3.62
%
 
 
13,931,019

 
$
390,764

 
3.71
%
 
 
$
47,545

 
$
(7,224
)
 
$
40,321

Cash and due from banks
172,667

 
 
 
 
 
 
149,605

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan and covered loan losses
(164,213
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(162,056
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other assets
489,772

 
 
 
 
 
 
478,740

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
16,183,420

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
14,397,308

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Equity (6):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
$
1,454,272

 
$
2,909

 
0.27
%
 
 
$
1,227,924

 
$
2,702

 
0.29
%
 
 
$
468

 
$
(261
)
 
$
207

Savings deposits
332,820

 
1,004

 
0.40
%
 
 
285,678

 
605

 
0.28
%
 
 
112

 
287

 
399

Money market accounts
5,749,974

 
13,678

 
0.32
%
 
 
4,848,405

 
11,629

 
0.32
%
 
 
2,146

 
(97
)
 
2,049

Time deposits
2,432,329

 
17,151

 
0.94
%
 
 
2,615,772

 
15,563

 
0.80
%
 
 
(921
)
 
2,509

 
1,588

Total interest-bearing deposits
9,969,395

 
34,742

 
0.47
%
 
 
8,977,779

 
30,499

 
0.45
%
 
 
1,805

 
2,438

 
4,243

Short-term borrowings
248,679

 
455

 
0.24
%
 
 
51,782

 
495

 
1.26
%
 
 
627

 
(667
)
 
(40
)
Long-term debt
498,634

 
14,948

 
3.99
%
 
 
628,749

 
19,554

 
4.13
%
 
 
(3,923
)
 
(683
)
 
(4,606
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
10,716,708

 
50,145

 
0.62
%
 
 
9,658,310

 
50,548

 
0.70
%
 
 
(1,491
)
 
1,088

 
(403
)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
3,744,778

 
 
 
 
 
 
3,229,517

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
148,128

 
 
 
 
 
 
129,059

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity
1,573,806

 
 
 
 
 
 
1,380,422

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and equity
$
16,183,420

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
14,397,308

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest spread (3)(6)
 
 
 
 
3.00
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.01
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contribution of noninterest-bearing sources of funds
 
 
 
 
0.20
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.21
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income/margin (3)(6)
 
 
$
380,940

 
3.20
%
 
 
 
 
$
340,216

 
3.22
%
 
 
$
49,036

 
$
(8,312
)
 
$
40,724

Less: tax equivalent adjustment
 
 
3,116

 
 
 
 
 
 
2,355

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income, as reported
 
 
$
377,824

 
 
 
 
 
 
$
337,861

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(footnotes on following page)

59

Table of Contents

(1) 
For purposes of this table, changes which are not due solely to volume changes or rate changes are allocated to such categories in proportion to the absolute amounts of the change in each.
(2) 
Interest income included $21.7 million and $20.4 million in loan fees for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
(3) 
Interest income and yields are presented on a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%. This is a non-U.S. GAAP measure. Refer to Table 26, "Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures," for a reconciliation of the effect of the tax-equivalent adjustment.
(4) 
Includes loans held-for-sale and nonaccrual loans. Average loans on a nonaccrual basis for the recognition of interest income totaled $60.2 million and $85.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Interest foregone on impaired loans was estimated to be approximately $1.8 million and $2.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, calculated based on the average loan portfolio yield for the respective period.
(5) 
Covered interest-earning assets consist of loans acquired through a FDIC-assisted transaction that are subject to a loss share agreement and the related indemnification asset. Refer to the section entitled "Covered Assets" for a detailed discussion.
(6) 
Includes deposits held-for-sale.

As shown in Table 3, net interest margin was 3.20% for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, and 3.22% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Tax-equivalent net interest income increased $40.7 million to $380.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, from $340.2 million for the prior year period. The year-over-year increase in net interest income was primarily attributable to the $1.7 billion growth in average loans and securities and a change in the funding mix of borrowings, offset by lower yields on loans and securities.

Provision for loan and covered loan losses

The provision for loan losses, excluding the provision for covered loans, totaled $4.2 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015, up from $3.7 million for the same period in 2014. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the provision for loan losses was $11.8 million compared to $9.2 million for the same period in 2014. The provision for loan losses is a function of our methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses deemed adequate to cover inherent loan losses after current period net charge-offs have been deducted from the allowance. For further analysis and information on how we determine the appropriate level for the allowance for loan losses and analysis of credit quality, see "Credit Quality Management and Allowance for Loan Losses" below.

For the three months ended September 30, 2015, we recorded a release of provision in the allowance for covered loan losses of $6,000, compared to a provision of $157,000 for the same period in 2014. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the provision for covered loan losses was $209,000 compared to a release of provision of $1.3 million for the same period in 2014. The release in 2014 was primarily attributable to $1.7 million of covered loan recoveries in the second quarter 2014. For further information regarding the FDIC-assisted transaction, see "Covered Assets" below.

Non-interest Income

Non-interest income is derived from a number of sources, including fees and income from our asset management business, residential mortgage banking business and deposit services to our retail clients as well as fees from our various commercial products and services, such as the sale of interest rate products and foreign exchange services through our capital markets group, treasury management services, and loan syndication activities.


60

Table of Contents

The following table presents a composition of the non-interest sources of income for the periods presented.

Table 4
Non-interest Income Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)

 
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Asset management income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Managed fee income
$
3,973

 
$
3,787

 
5

 
$
11,985

 
$
11,545

 
4

Custodian fee income
489

 
453

 
8

 
1,581

 
1,482

 
7

Total asset management income
4,462

 
4,240

 
5

 
13,566

 
13,027

 
4

Mortgage banking
3,340

 
2,904

 
15

 
11,267

 
7,162

 
57

Capital markets products
3,098

 
3,253

 
-5

 
12,189

 
12,342

 
-1

Treasury management
8,010

 
6,935

 
16

 
22,758

 
20,210

 
13

Loan, letter of credit and commitment fees
5,670

 
4,970

 
14

 
15,690

 
14,410

 
9

Syndication fees
4,364

 
6,818

 
-36

 
12,361

 
15,571

 
-21

Deposit service charges and fees and other income (1)
1,585

 
1,546

 
3

 
8,740

 
3,912

 
123

Subtotal fee income
30,529

 
30,666

 
*

 
96,571

 
86,634

 
11

Net securities gains
260

 
3

 
n/m

 
793

 
530

 
50

Total non-interest income
$
30,789

 
$
30,669

 
*

 
$
97,364

 
$
87,164

 
12

Note: Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.
(1) 
Nine months ended September 30, 2015 includes the $4.1 million gain on sale of our Georgia branch in January 2015.
*
Less than 1%.
n/m
Not meaningful.

Third quarter 2015 compared to third quarter 2014

Non-interest income for third quarter 2015 totaled $30.8 million, compared to $30.7 million for third quarter 2014, with increases in all categories except for capital markets and syndication fees. Certain income sources, such as mortgage banking, capital markets products and syndication fees, are transactional in nature and, accordingly, tend to fluctuate and generate uneven income from period to period.

For third quarter 2015, asset management fee income increased 5% compared to third quarter 2014, primarily due to fees from new business added over the past year. We increased our aggregate assets under management and administration ("AUMA") by $679.0 million, or 10%, from September 30, 2014, to September 30, 2015. The largest growth (both from a dollar and percentage perspective) in this period came from corporate and institutional managed accounts, which generate proportionately higher fees than custody assets but lower fees than personal managed accounts.

The following table presents the composition of AUMA as of the dates shown.

(Dollars in thousands)
 
As of
 
% Change
AUMA
 
9/30/2015
 
12/31/2014
 
9/30/2014
 
9/30-12/31
 
9/30-9/30
Personal managed
 
$
1,839,829

 
$
1,786,633

 
$
1,796,901

 
3
 
2
Corporate and institutional managed
 
1,800,522

 
1,347,299

 
1,364,624

 
34
 
32
Total managed assets
 
3,640,351

 
3,133,932

 
3,161,525

 
16
 
15
Custody assets
 
3,519,364

 
3,511,996

 
3,319,188

 
*
 
6
Total AUMA
 
$
7,159,715

 
$
6,645,928

 
$
6,480,713

 
8
 
10
Note: Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.
*
Less than 1%.

61

Table of Contents

Growth in AUMA is primarily attributable to continued client acquisition and cross-selling asset management services to our commercial client base. The pricing on asset management accounts varies depending on the type of services provided. Managed fee income includes fees earned on investment management, personal trust and estate administration, and retirement plan and brokerage services. Custodian fee income includes fees earned on "qualified custodian" escrow accounts, and standard custody, all of which have significantly lower fees than for managed assets. Fees earned on qualified custodian and escrow assets are typically a flat fee structure while standard custody and managed assets are generally based on the market value of the assets on the last day of the prior quarter or month and therefore are subject to market volatility.

Income from our mortgage banking business, which includes gains on loans sold and certain mortgage-related loan fees, increased $436,000, or 15%, to $3.3 million in third quarter 2015 compared to third quarter 2014 due to a slight increase in the volume of loans sold and improved spreads for the current quarter compared to the prior year quarter. We sold $105.3 million of mortgage loans in the secondary market, generating gains of $2.8 million, in third quarter 2015 compared to $104.5 million of mortgage loans sold, generating gains of $2.3 million, in the prior year period. On a sequential quarter basis, mortgage banking income declined 20% as applications and loans sales slowed due to lower refinancing activity. We anticipate this trend will continue in the fourth quarter largely due to seasonality consistent with industry-wide mortgage origination trends.

The following table presents income by capital markets product for the past five quarters.
 
Three Months Ended
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in thousands)
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Interest rate contracts
$
2,423

 
$
1,888

 
$
3,149

 
$
4,235

 
$
1,149

Foreign exchange contracts
1,902

 
2,362

 
1,771

 
1,686

 
1,577

Risk participation agreements

 
53

 
57

 

 
41

Total capital markets income, excluding credit valuation adjustment ("CVA")
$
4,325

 
$
4,303

 
$
4,977

 
$
5,921

 
$
2,767

(Increase) decrease CVA
(1,227
)
 
616

 
(805
)
 
(216
)
 
486

Total capital markets income
$
3,098

 
$
4,919

 
$
4,172

 
$
5,705

 
$
3,253


Capital markets income was $3.1 million in third quarter 2015, decreasing $155,000 from third quarter 2014, and included a negative $1.2 million CVA in the current quarter compared to a positive CVA of $486,000 for third quarter 2014. The CVA, which predominately relates to our interest rate contracts business, represents the credit component of fair value with regard to both client-based derivatives and the related matched derivatives with interbank dealer counterparties. Exclusive of CVA, capital markets products income increased $1.6 million, or 56%, compared to third quarter 2014, reflecting a higher volume of interest rate contract transactions and growth in foreign exchange ("FX") transactions. Since third quarter 2014, the transactional volume of FX activity has increased due to greater client penetration. We also have benefited from some margin expansion, although notional transactions have decreased. FX transactions generally have been a more stable source of fee income compared to the transactional nature of interest rate contracts, which are significantly influenced by clients' views on the extent and timing of future interest rate movements. As shown in the table above, over the past five quarters, fees from interest rate contracts have fluctuated period to period due to both volume and size of transactions.

Treasury management income increased $1.1 million, or 16%, from third quarter 2014 due to higher volume across our treasury management platforms. The current year increase reflects the ongoing success in cross-selling treasury management services to new commercial clients as we continue to build client relationships, with approximately 75% of our commercial clients using treasury management services at September 30, 2015. Successful cross-sell and implementation of treasury management services may lag the closing of a credit facility by, on average, three to six months. Similar to loan originations, we continue to experience increased competition for treasury management services.

Loan, letter of credit, and commitment fees increased $700,000, or 14%, from third quarter 2014, primarily due to $110,000, or 4%, increase in standby letter of credit fees and a $224,000, or 11%, increase in unused commitment fees. The majority of our unused commitment fees related to revolving facilities which at September 30, 2015 totaled $9.5 billion, of which $5.0 billion were unused. In comparison, at September 30, 2014, commitments related to revolving facilities totaled $8.2 billion, of which $4.0 billion were unused. The change from the prior year period reflects new client relationships since third quarter 2014.

Syndication fees of $4.4 million in third quarter 2015 were down $2.5 million from third quarter 2014, which was one of the highest individual quarters for income on syndication transactions. During third quarter 2015, we were the lead or co-lead in 24 syndicated loan transactions, totaling $641.4 million in commitments, of which we retained $282.4 million in commitments. In

62

Table of Contents

the prior year period, we were the lead or co-lead in 31 syndicated loan transactions, totaling $1.1 billion in commitments, while retaining $415.7 million in commitments. Syndication fees typically vary from transaction to transaction depending on, among other factors, market conditions and the size and structure of the transaction, so the aggregate level of syndication fees earned by us in a given period is not entirely correlated with our volume of syndication transactions in such period. Furthermore, even though we generally expect increased syndication opportunities as we grow our loan portfolio, the volume of syndication transactions in a given period depends on a number of factors, including portfolio management decisions, the mix of loans originated, and liquidity in the syndicated loan market (i.e., the number of institutions in the market to purchase syndicated loans). Included in our loans held-for-sale at September 30, 2015 were $52.2 million of loans in the process of syndication, approximately $11.6 million of which related to a transaction we originated in the first quarter 2015 for syndication, but which had not been sold as of September 30, 2015. In addition, a portion of the loans that we syndicate are leveraged loans and as an industry, depository institutions have been subject to increased scrutiny from the bank regulatory agencies with respect to leveraged lending activity, which we believe has impacted, and may continue to impact, market demand for syndicated leveraged loans. Accordingly, despite our overall expectation of increased syndication opportunities, our syndication fees can be expected to fluctuate from quarter to quarter and may not grow at the same rate as our overall loan portfolio.

Nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2014

Non-interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, totaled $97.4 million, increasing $10.2 million, or 12%, compared to $87.2 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2014. Our non-interest income in the first nine months of 2015 included a $4.1 million gain on the sale of our Georgia branch that was completed during first quarter 2015. We experienced increases in all categories of non-interest income, except for syndications and capital markets, in the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Asset management fee income increased 4% to $13.6 million for the first nine months of 2015 compared to the previous year period. The increase was due to overall growth in AUMA, new client relationships (which helped increase managed assets), and an increase in core custodial assets.

Income from our mortgage banking business increased 57% to $11.3 million in the first nine months of 2015, compared to $7.2 million in the previous year period. The increase resulted from a higher volume of loans originated and sold related to lower long-term interest rates, favorable conditions in the housing market and higher spreads for the current year-to-date period compared to the prior year period. We sold $378.3 million of mortgage loans in the secondary market, generating gains of $9.5 million, in the nine months ended September 30, 2015, compared to $249.5 million of mortgage loans sold, generating gains of $5.7 million, for the prior year period.

Capital markets income was comparable in the current nine months with the previous nine months and included a negative $1.4 million CVA in 2015 compared to a positive CVA of $171,000 in 2014. Exclusive of CVA adjustments, year-over-year capital markets income was $13.6 million in the current period compared to $12.2 million in the prior year period, an increase of $1.4 million, or 12%. Over the past year, the volume of foreign exchange activity has increased as we have increased client penetration, but average notional transactions have decreased. The number of foreign exchange transactions for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, increased approximately 26% over the nine months ended September 30, 2014.

Treasury management income increased $2.5 million, or 13%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The increase reflected ongoing success in cross-selling treasury management services to our commercial clients.

Loan, letter of credit, and commitment fees increased $1.3 million, or 9%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2014, due to higher levels of standby letter of credit and unused commitment fees compared to the prior year period.

Syndication fees declined $3.2 million, or 21%, from the nine months ended September 30, 2014. The decrease was attributable to lower per transaction fees due to deal structures on a higher volume of deals. Third quarter 2014 was also one of the highest individual quarters for income on syndication transactions.


63

Table of Contents

Non-interest Expense

Table 5
Non-interest Expense Analysis
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30,
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
 
2015
 
2014
 
% Change
Compensation expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and wages
$
28,143

 
$
26,178

 
8

 
$
82,605

 
$
76,822

 
8

Share-based costs
4,509

 
3,872

 
16

 
13,968

 
11,449

 
22

Incentive compensation and commissions
13,308

 
12,294

 
8

 
37,461

 
31,031

 
21

Payroll taxes, insurance and retirement costs
4,059

 
4,077

 
*

 
18,366

 
16,144

 
14

Total compensation expense
50,019

 
46,421

 
8

 
152,400

 
135,446

 
13

Net occupancy and equipment expense
8,180

 
7,807

 
5

 
24,203

 
23,311

 
4

Technology and related costs
3,583

 
3,362

 
7

 
10,424

 
9,850

 
6

Marketing
3,682

 
3,752

 
-2

 
11,926

 
9,754

 
22

Professional services
3,679

 
2,626

 
40

 
8,574

 
8,290

 
3

Outsourced servicing costs
1,786

 
1,736

 
3

 
5,500

 
5,050

 
9

Net foreclosed property expense
1,080

 
1,631

 
-34

 
2,993

 
7,225

 
-59

Postage, telephone, and delivery
857

 
839

 
2

 
2,618

 
2,591

 
1

Insurance
3,667

 
3,077

 
19

 
10,328

 
8,996

 
15

Loan and collection:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loan origination and servicing expense
1,522

 
1,528

 
*

 
4,755

 
3,529

 
35

Loan remediation expense
802

 
571

 
40

 
2,047

 
1,199

 
71

Total loan and collection expense
2,324

 
2,099

 
11

 
6,802

 
4,728

 
44

Other operating expense:
 
 
 
 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplies and printing
129

 
161

 
-20

 
471

 
482

 
-2

Subscriptions and dues
355

 
284

 
25

 
986

 
866

 
14

Education and training
256

 
261

 
-2

 
901

 
824

 
9

Internal travel and entertainment
526

 
450

 
17

 
1,324

 
1,190

 
11

Investment manager expense
649

 
691

 
-6

 
1,959

 
2,073

 
-5

Bank charges
338

 
265

 
28

 
934

 
730

 
28

Intangibles amortization
578

 
755

 
-23

 
1,877

 
2,266

 
-17

Provision for unfunded commitments
2,048

 
481

 
326

 
2,931

 
638

 
359

Other expenses
1,439

 
1,138

 
26

 
3,066

 
4,741

 
-35

Total other operating expenses
6,318

 
4,486

 
41

 
14,449

 
13,810

 
5

Total non-interest expense
$
85,175

 
$
77,836

 
9

 
$
250,217

 
$
229,051

 
9

Full-time equivalent ("FTE") employees at period end
1,224

 
1,168

 
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating efficiency ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-interest expense to average assets
2.04
%
 
2.09
%
 
 
 
2.07
%
 
2.13
%
 
 
Net overhead ratio (1)
1.30
%
 
1.27
%
 
 
 
1.26
%
 
1.32
%
 
 
Efficiency ratio (2)
52.21
%
 
52.51
%
 
 
 
52.31
%
 
53.59
%
 
 
(1) 
Computed as non-interest expense, less non-interest income, annualized, divided by average total assets.
(2) 
Computed as non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis and non-interest income. The efficiency ratio is presented on a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax rate of 35%. See Table 26, "Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures," for a reconciliation of the effect of the tax-equivalent adjustment.
*
Less than 1%.

64

Table of Contents

Third quarter 2015 compared to third quarter 2014

Non-interest expense increased by $7.3 million, or 9%, for third quarter 2015 compared to third quarter 2014. The increase primarily reflects higher compensation expense, professional services costs, insurance expense, and provision for unfunded commitments. This was partially offset by a decrease in net foreclosed property expense in third quarter 2015 compared to third quarter 2014.
 
Compensation expense increased $3.6 million, or 8%, over third quarter 2014, due to additional staffing to support our growing business, annual compensation adjustments, and increased incentive compensation accruals. Salary and wages were up $2.0 million, or 8%, primarily due to a higher FTE base, as well as annual compensation adjustments. Share-based costs increased $637,000, or 16%, largely attributable to changes in retirement provisions of certain awards granted in the first quarter 2015 shortening the period over which expense is recognized and a higher level of awards granted. Incentive compensation was up by $1.0 million, or 8%, due to higher performance-based pay linked to fee-based revenues such as mortgage banking and capital markets, both of which had higher revenues for the current quarter compared to the prior year period (exclusive of CVA), and expanded incentive programs in 2015.

Professional services expense, which includes fees paid for legal services in connection with corporate activities, accounting, and consulting services, increased $1.1 million, or 40%, from third quarter 2014, primarily due to increased consulting services usage related to investments in operational and technology enhancements.

Net foreclosed property expense, which includes write-downs on foreclosed properties, gains and losses on sales of foreclosed properties, and property ownership costs associated with the maintenance of foreclosed real estate ("OREO"), declined $551,000, or 34%, compared to third quarter 2014. OREO write-downs totaled $788,000 in third quarter 2015, a $486,000 reduction compared to $1.3 million for third quarter 2014. In addition, property ownership costs, such as property management and real estate taxes, were down $142,000 from the prior year quarter as the population of OREO declined from $17.3 million at September 30, 2014, to $12.8 million at September 30, 2015.

Insurance expense increased $590,000, or 19%, from third quarter 2014 and was primarily due to higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums in 2015 largely attributable to overall asset growth and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the rate paid because of changes to the overall composition of our balance sheet.

Loan and collection expense, which consists of certain non-reimbursable costs associated with loan origination and servicing and loan remediation costs for problem and nonperforming loans, increased $225,000, or 11%, in third quarter 2015 from third quarter 2014 largely due to higher loan remediation costs related to a single problem loan resolution.

Other expenses increased $1.8 million, or 41%, from third quarter 2014. Other expenses include bank charges, costs associated with the CDARS® deposit product offering, intangible asset amortization, education-related costs, subscriptions, provision for unfunded commitments, and miscellaneous losses and expenses. The increase was largely due to a $1.6 million increase in the provision for unfunded commitments, primarily attributable to a reserve on an individual credit. The current quarter increase was partially offset by lower intangible asset amortization.

Our efficiency ratio was 52.2% for third quarter 2015, comparable to 52.5% for third quarter 2014. Further meaningful improvement in the efficiency ratio will likely depend on a rise in interest rates, which we expect would cause an increase in our net interest income without a corresponding increase to our non-interest expenses.

Nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2014

Non-interest expense increased $21.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, compared to the prior year period, primarily related to increases in compensation, marketing, insurance and loan and collection expenses, partially offset by a decrease in net foreclosed property expense.

Compensation expense increased overall by $17.0 million, or 13%, from the prior year period due to additional staff, annual compensation adjustments and increased incentive compensation accruals based on improved performance. Salary and wages were up $5.8 million, or 8%, primarily due to a higher FTE base, as well as annual compensation adjustments. Share-based costs increased $2.5 million, or 22%, largely attributable to changes made to the retirement provisions of certain awards granted in the first quarter 2015 shortening the period over which expense is recognized and a higher level of awards granted. Incentive compensation and commissions increased $6.4 million from the prior period due to improved performance resulting in higher mortgage banking commissions and incentive compensation plan accruals. Payroll taxes and insurance costs were up $2.2 million, or 14%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2014, due to increased base compensation and increased healthcare insurance costs in the current year compared to the prior year comparative period.

65

Table of Contents


Marketing expense increased $2.2 million, or 22%, from the first nine months of 2014, as a result of our continuing client development activities and increased advertising and branding investments.

Net foreclosed property expenses declined $4.2 million, or 59%, compared to the prior year period. The decline in net foreclosed property expenses was primarily due to a $2.8 million reduction in OREO valuation write-downs compared to the prior year period. In addition, property ownership costs were down $1.3 million from the prior year period as the population of OREO declined compared to September 30, 2014.

Insurance costs increased $1.3 million, or 15%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the prior year period and was primarily due to higher FDIC deposit insurance premiums in 2015 largely attributable to overall asset growth and, to a lesser extent, an increase in the rate paid because of changes to the overall composition of our balance sheet.

Loan and collection expense increased $2.1 million, or 44%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to the prior year period. The increase was due to increased mortgage origination costs related to a higher volume of mortgage loans originated and sold compared to the prior year period, along with problem loan resolution on two specific credits in the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Other operating expenses increased $639,000, or 5%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, compared to the prior year period, largely due to various miscellaneous other expenses, including an increase in the provision for unfunded commitments in the current period, partially offset by decreases in expense on our CRA investments and lower intangible asset amortization and reduction in other miscellaneous operating losses.

Income Taxes

Our provision for income taxes includes federal, state and local income tax expense. For the three months ended September 30, 2015, we recorded an income tax provision of $27.4 million on pre-tax income of $72.6 million (equal to a 37.7% effective tax rate) compared to an income tax provision of $25.2 million on pre-tax income of $65.7 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2014 (equal to a 38.3% effective tax rate).

For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, income tax expense totaled $79.8 million on pre-tax income of $213.0 million (equal to a 37.5% effective tax rate) compared to an income tax provision of $72.2 million on pre-tax income of $188.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 (equal to a 38.4% effective tax rate).

The decrease in our effective tax rate in 2015 compared to the same periods in 2014 is attributable to lower state taxes in 2015, primarily from a reduced Illinois corporate tax rate.

Net deferred tax assets totaled $96.0 million at September 30, 2015. We have concluded that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized and, accordingly, no valuation allowance was recorded during the quarter. This conclusion was based in part on the fact that the Company had cumulative book income for financial statement purposes at September 30, 2015, measured on a trailing three-year basis. In addition, we considered the Company's recent earnings history, on both a book and tax basis, and our outlook for earnings and taxable income in future periods.

For calendar year 2015, we currently expect the effective tax rate to be in the range of 37% to 38%, although a number of factors will continue to influence that estimate.

Operating Segments Results

We have three primary business segments: Banking, Asset Management, and Holding Company Activities.

Banking

Our Banking segment is the Company's most significant segment, representing 89% of consolidated total assets and generating nearly all of our net income. The profitability of our Banking segment is dependent on net interest income, provision for loan and covered loan losses, non-interest income (exclusive of asset management fees), and non-interest expense (exclusive of such expenses attributable to our asset management business). The net income for the Banking segment for the three months ended September 30, 2015, was $49.8 million, an increase of $3.7 million from net income of $46.1 million for the prior year period. The increase in net income for the Banking segment was primarily due to a $12.5 million increase in net interest income resulting from $1.5 billion, or 13%, in loan growth since the prior year period. In addition, non-interest expenses increased $7.1 million for

66

Table of Contents

the quarter ended September 30, 2015, as compared to the prior year period, due to an increase in salaries and incentive compensation primarily driven by an increase in FTEs, annual salary adjustments and higher incentive compensation accruals tied to improved performance.

Total loans for the Banking segment increased $1.2 billion to $13.1 billion at September 30, 2015, from $11.9 billion at December 31, 2014. Total deposits, excluding deposits held-for-sale, were $14.0 billion and $13.2 billion at September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Asset Management

The Asset Management segment includes investment management, personal trust and estate administration, custodial and escrow, retirement plans and brokerage services.

Net income from Asset Management increased to $942,000 for third quarter 2015 from $554,000 for the prior year period. The increase was attributable to a higher level of fee income from a higher AUMA balance at September 30, 2015, compared to September 30, 2014. AUMA grew to $7.2 billion at September 30, 2015, from $6.5 billion at September 30, 2014. AUMA benefited from growth in both managed and custody assets due to new client balances.

Holding Company Activities

The Holding Company Activities segment consists of parent company-only activity and intersegment eliminations. The Holding Company’s most significant asset is its investment in the Bank. Undistributed earnings relating to this investment is not included in the Holding Company financial results. Holding Company financial results are represented primarily by interest expense on borrowings and operating expenses. Recurring operating expenses consist primarily of compensation expense allocated to the Holding Company and professional fees. For the three months ended September 30, 2015, the net loss for the Holding Company Activities segment declined to $5.4 million compared to a net loss of $6.1 million for the prior year period, due to lower interest expense in the current period as a result of the partial redemption of our 10% Debentures in fourth quarter 2014. The Holding Company had $57.4 million in cash at September 30, 2015, compared to $60.6 million at December 31, 2014.

Additional information about our operating segments are also discussed in Note 17 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

Investment Securities Portfolio Management

We manage our investment securities portfolio to maximize the return on invested funds within acceptable risk guidelines, meet pledging and liquidity requirements, and adjust balance sheet interest rate sensitivity in an effort to protect net interest income levels against the impact of changes in interest rates. Investments in the portfolio are comprised of debt securities, primarily residential mortgage-backed securities and state and municipal bonds.

We may adjust the size and composition of our securities portfolio according to a number of factors, including expected liquidity needs, the current and forecasted interest rate environment, our actual and anticipated balance sheet growth rate, the relative value of various segments of the securities markets, and the broader economic and regulatory environment.

Debt securities that are classified as available-for-sale are carried at fair value and may be sold as part of our asset/liability management strategy in response to changes in interest rates, liquidity needs or significant prepayment risk. Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities represent the difference between the aggregate cost and fair value of the portfolio and are reported, on an after-tax basis, as a separate component of equity in accumulated other comprehensive income ("AOCI"). This balance sheet component will fluctuate as market interest rates and conditions change, with such changes affecting the aggregate fair value of the portfolio. In periods of significant market volatility, we may experience significant changes in AOCI.

Debt securities that are classified as held-to-maturity are securities for which we have the ability and intent to hold until maturity and are accounted for using historical cost, as adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.


67

Table of Contents

Table 6
Investment Securities Portfolio Valuation Summary
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
As of September 30, 2015
 
As of December 31, 2014
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
% of
Total
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
% of
Total
Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities
$
269,734

 
$
268,078

 
9

 
$
268,265

 
$
269,697

 
10

U.S. Agency securities
46,735

 
46,619

 
2

 
46,258

 
46,959

 
2

Collateralized mortgage obligations
108,385

 
104,380

 
4

 
136,933

 
132,633

 
5

Residential mortgage-backed securities
825,595

 
804,524

 
27

 
846,078

 
822,746

 
29

State and municipal securities
453,477

 
445,387

 
15

 
347,310

 
340,810

 
13

Foreign sovereign debt

 

 

 
500

 
500

 
*

Total available-for-sale
1,703,926

 
1,668,988

 
57

 
1,645,344

 
1,613,345

 
59

Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
52,157

 
53,336

 
2

 
57,943

 
59,960

 
2

Residential mortgage-backed securities
1,027,908

 
1,017,011

 
34

 
892,162

 
885,235

 
32

Commercial mortgage-backed securities
220,040

 
218,164

 
7

 
181,437

 
183,021

 
7

State and municipal securities
373

 
369

 
*

 
1,073

 
1,069

 
*

Other securities
3,999

 
4,553

 
*

 

 

 

Total held-to-maturity
1,304,477

 
1,293,433

 
43

 
1,132,615

 
1,129,285

 
41

Total securities
$
3,008,403

 
$
2,962,421

 
100

 
$
2,777,959

 
$
2,742,630

 
100

*
Less than 1%

As of September 30, 2015, our securities portfolio totaled $3.0 billion, an increase of 8% compared to December 31, 2014. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, purchases of securities totaled $568.2 million, with $279.7 million in the available-for-sale portfolio and $288.5 million in the held-to-maturity portfolio. The current year purchases in the investment portfolio primarily represented the reinvestment of proceeds from sales, maturities and paydowns in largely similar agency guaranteed residential mortgage-backed securities and state and municipal securities, as well as purchases of U.S. Treasury securities and commercial mortgage-backed securities.

In conjunction with ongoing portfolio management and rebalancing activities, during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we sold $57.3 million in U.S. Treasury securities and state and municipal securities, resulting in a net securities gain of $793,000.

Investments in collateralized mortgage obligations and residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities comprised 74% of the total portfolio at September 30, 2015. All of the mortgage-backed securities are backed by U.S. Government agencies or issued by U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises. All residential mortgage-backed securities are composed of fixed-rate, fully-amortizing collateral with final maturities of 30 years or less.

Investments in debt instruments of state and local municipalities comprised 15% of the total portfolio at September 30, 2015. These instruments have very low default rates and provide a stable level of cash flow because they generally are not subject to significant prepayment. Insurance companies regularly provide credit enhancement to improve the credit rating and liquidity of a municipal bond issuance. Management considers the credit enhancement and underlying municipality credit strength when evaluating a purchase or sale decision.

The investment portfolio does not hold direct exposure to the obligations of the State of Illinois. The investment portfolio does hold some bonds from municipalities in Illinois, but the finances of these municipalities are not primarily dependent on the finances of the State of Illinois.

At September 30, 2015, our reported equity reflected unrealized net securities gains on available-for-sale securities, net of tax, of $21.2 million, an increase of $1.8 million from December 31, 2014, due to decreases in interest rates and the corresponding increases in the value of the securities. We continue to add, as needed, to the held-to-maturity portfolio to mitigate the potential future market volatility of adding bonds to the available-for-sale portfolio in a low interest rate environment.

68

Table of Contents


During the three months ended September 30, 2015, we identified three municipal debt securities from the same issuer totaling $1.1 million, which had credit rating downgrades during the period. We determined that the difference between amortized cost and fair value is other-than-temporary and accordingly, recognized the difference of $125,000 in current operating results. Management intends to sell these available-for-sale securities. The loss was reported within net securities gains in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The following table summarizes activity in the Company's investment securities portfolio during 2015. There were no transfers of securities between investment categories during the year.

Table 7
Investment Portfolio Activity
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2015
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2015
 
 
Available-for-Sale
 
Held-to-Maturity
 
Available-for-Sale
 
Held-to-Maturity
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
1,698,233

 
$
1,199,120

 
$
1,645,344

 
$
1,129,285

 
Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases
81,637

 
140,334

 
279,675

 
288,555

 
Reductions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales proceeds
(26,967
)
 

 
(57,313
)
 

 
Net gains on sale
260

 

 
793

 

 
Principal maturities, prepayments and calls, net of gains
(55,093
)
 
(44,321
)
 
(159,121
)
 
(119,597
)
 
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts
(3,023
)
 
(1,700
)
 
(8,391
)
 
(4,810
)
 
Total reductions
(84,823
)
 
(46,021
)
 
(224,032
)
 
(124,407
)
 
Decrease in market value
8,879

 

(1) 
2,939

 

(1) 
Balance at end of period
$
1,703,926

 
$
1,293,433

 
$
1,703,926

 
$
1,293,433

 
(1) 
The held-to-maturity portfolio is recorded at cost, with no adjustment for the $3.3 million unrealized loss in the portfolio at the beginning of 2015 or the increase in market value of $11.7 million and $7.7 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, respectively.


69

Table of Contents

The following table presents the maturities of the different types of investments that we owned at September 30, 2015, and the corresponding interest rates.

Table 8
Maturity Distribution and Portfolio Yields
(Dollars in thousands)

 
As of September 30, 2015
 
One Year or Less
 
One Year to Five
Years
 
Five Years to Ten Years
 
After 10 years
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Yield to
Maturity
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Yield to
Maturity
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Yield to
Maturity
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Yield to
Maturity
Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities
$

 
%
 
$
242,994

 
1.07
%
 
$
25,085

 
1.68
%
 
$

 
%
U.S. Agency securities

 
%
 
46,619

 
1.30
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Collateralized mortgage obligations (1)
6,869

 
2.90
%
 
97,511

 
3.24
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities (1)
104

 
4.74
%
 
506,096

 
3.24
%
 
284,807

 
2.24
%
 
13,516

 
3.04
%
State and municipal securities (2)
13,055

 
3.47
%
 
173,180

 
1.98
%
 
250,633

 
2.08
%
 
8,519

 
2.54
%
Total available-for-sale
20,028

 
3.28
%
 
1,066,400

 
2.46
%
 
560,525

 
2.14
%
 
22,035

 
2.85
%
Held-to-Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations (1)

 
%
 
53,336

 
1.40
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Residential mortgage-backed securities (1)

 
%
 
396,983

 
2.46
%
 
278,873

 
2.51
%
 
341,155

 
2.94
%
Commercial mortgage-backed securities (1)
322

 
1.22
%
 
122,306

 
1.71
%
 
95,536

 
2.31
%
 

 
%
State and municipal securities (2)
115

 
2.95
%
 
254

 
2.80
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
Other securities

 
%
 

 
%
 
4,553

 
7.01
%
 

 
%
Total held-to-maturity
437

 
1.68
%
 
572,879

 
2.20
%
 
378,962

 
2.51
%
 
341,155

 
2.94
%
Total securities
$
20,465

 
3.25
%
 
$
1,639,279

 
2.37
%
 
$
939,487

 
2.29
%
 
$
363,190

 
2.93
%
(1) 
The repricing distributions and yields to maturity of collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage-backed securities are based on average life of expected cash flows. Actual repricings and yields of the securities may differ from those reflected in the table depending upon actual interest rates and prepayment speeds.
(2) 
The maturity date of state and municipal bonds is based on contractual maturity, unless the bond, based on current market prices, is deemed to have a high probability that a call right will be exercised, in which case the call date is used as the maturity date.

LOAN PORTFOLIO AND CREDIT QUALITY (excluding covered assets)

The following discussion of our loan portfolio and credit quality excludes covered assets. Covered assets represent assets acquired through an FDIC-assisted transaction that are subject to a loss share agreement and are presented separately on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. For additional discussion of covered assets, refer to "Covered Assets" below in this "Management’s Discussion and Analysis".


70

Table of Contents

Portfolio Composition

Table 9
Loan Portfolio
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
September 30,
2015
 
% of
Total
 
December 31,
2014
 
% of
Total
 
% Change in Balances
Commercial and industrial
$
6,654,268

 
51
 
$
5,996,070

 
50
 
11

Commercial – owner-occupied real estate
2,017,733

 
16
 
1,892,564

 
16
 
7

Total commercial
8,672,001

 
67
 
7,888,634

 
66
 
10

Commercial real estate
2,545,143

 
19
 
2,323,616

 
20
 
10

Commercial real estate – multi-family
704,195

 
5
 
593,103

 
5
 
19

Total commercial real estate
3,249,338

 
24
 
2,916,719

 
25
 
11

Construction
412,688

 
3
 
381,102

 
3
 
8

Total commercial real estate and construction
3,662,026

 
27
 
3,297,821

 
28
 
11

Residential real estate
439,005

 
3
 
361,565

 
3
 
21

Home equity
133,122

 
1
 
142,177

 
1
 
-6

Personal
173,160

 
2
 
202,022

 
2
 
-14

Total loans
$
13,079,314

 
100
 
$
11,892,219

 
100
 
10


Total loans were $13.1 billion at September 30, 2015, compared to $11.9 billion at December 31, 2014. Loans grew by $1.2 billion during the nine months ended September 30, 2015, with the growth primarily in commercial loans, which increased $783.4 million from year end 2014. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, new loans to new clients totaled $1.1 billion. Payoffs for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 were approximately $99 million higher compared to payoff levels during the first nine months of 2014. Payoffs during the first nine months of 2015 included property sales, clients obtaining permanent financing, and project completion. This is indicative of the uneven commercial real estate loan life cycle as we are a short- and intermediate-term commercial real estate lender. Our five-quarter trailing average loan growth was approximately $388.5 million at September 30, 2015, increasing $97.9 million compared to $290.6 million a year ago. Revolving line usage on the overall loan portfolio increased to 48% at September 30, 2015, from 45% at December 31, 2014, which also reflects increased usage on bridge line facilities, as discussed below.

Heightened competition from both bank and nonbank lenders has affected, and continues to affect, borrowers’ expectations regarding both pricing and loan structure, which may impact our growth rate due to increasing availability in the market of financing alternatives offering terms outside our pricing and risk tolerances. Our strategy is focused on developing new credit relationships that generate opportunities to provide comprehensive banking services to our clients and, accordingly, we seek to maintain a disciplined approach when pricing and structuring new credit opportunities.
Much of our recent loan growth has been focused in commercial, which represented 67% of our portfolio at September 30, 2015. Within the commercial portfolio, the finance and insurance portfolio increased $383.4 million and the healthcare portfolio increased $21.4 million from December 31, 2014. The healthcare growth was tempered by facility sales and bridge line repayments during the current nine months. The commercial and industrial portfolio generally provides us higher yields, principally in specialty lines, such as healthcare and security industry group, than other segments of our loan portfolio and provides greater potential for us to cross-sell other products and services, such as treasury management services.

In the normal course of our business, we participate in loan transactions that involve a number of banks, primarily to maintain and build client relationships with a view to cross-selling products and originating loans for the borrowers in the future. Although we often strive to lead or co-lead the arrangement, we also participate in transactions led by other banks when we have a relationship with, or seek to develop a relationship with, the borrower. Loan syndications assist us with decreasing credit exposure linked to individual client relationships or loan concentrations by industry, type or size. Of our $13.1 billion in total loans at September 30, 2015, we were party to $4.4 billion of loans with other financial institutions, which included $2.8 billion in shared national credits ("SNCs") and $1.8 billion in retained balances in syndicated loans that were led or co-led by us. Of the $1.1 billion new lending to new clients mentioned previously, approximately $183.9 million, or 16%, related to SNCs.


71

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the composition of our commercial loan portfolio at September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014 based on our most significant industry segments, as classified pursuant to the North American Industrial Classification System standard industry description. These categories are based on the nature of the client's ongoing business activity as opposed to the collateral underlying an individual loan. To the extent that a client's underlying business activity changes, classification differences between periods will arise.

Table 10
Commercial Loan Portfolio Composition by Industry Segment
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Amount
 
% of Total
 
Amount
 
% of Total
Healthcare
$
1,808,455

 
21
 
$
1,787,092

 
23
Manufacturing
1,877,842

 
22
 
1,746,328

 
22
Finance and insurance
1,162,536

 
14
 
779,146

 
10
Wholesale trade
669,580

 
8
 
685,247

 
9
Real estate, rental and leasing
553,032

 
6
 
549,467

 
7
Administrative, support, waste management and remediation services
502,759

 
6
 
505,939

 
6
Professional, scientific and technical services
552,313

 
6
 
447,483

 
6
Architecture, engineering and construction
281,918

 
3
 
288,527

 
4
Retail
286,593

 
3
 
277,393

 
3
All other (1)
976,973

 
11
 
822,012

 
10
Total commercial (2)
$
8,672,001

 
100
 
$
7,888,634

 
100
(1) 
All other consists of numerous smaller balances across a variety of industries with no category greater than 3% of total loans.
(2) 
Includes owner-occupied commercial real estate of $2.0 billion at September 30, 2015 and $1.9 billion at December 31, 2014, respectively.

We have a specialized niche in the skilled nursing, assisted living, and residential care segment of the healthcare industry. Loan relationships to these providers tend to be larger extensions of credit with borrowers primarily represented by for-profit businesses. At September 30, 2015, 21% of our commercial loan portfolio and 14% of our total loan portfolio was composed of loans extended primarily to operators in this segment to finance the working capital needs and cost of facilities providing such services. The facilities securing the loans are dependent, in part, on the receipt of payments and reimbursements under government contracts for services provided. Accordingly, our clients and their ability to service this debt may be adversely impacted by the financial health of state or federal payors. In recent years, there have been reductions in the reimbursement rates in certain states and government entities are taking longer to reimburse. For example, in the State of Illinois, the Medicaid reimbursement rate was reduced and the budget impasse, which has resulted in the state operating without a budget, has contributed to reduced Medicaid payments to healthcare providers. Although our healthcare commercial loan portfolio is well diversified across 26 states, loans to borrowers in the State of Illinois represented our highest geographic concentration of healthcare loans at 18% of the healthcare commercial loan portfolio, or $325.2 million, as of September 30, 2015. The challenged financial condition of the State of Illinois has had some adverse effects on the cash flow position of some of our Illinois-based healthcare borrowers. Despite this impact on client cash flows, to date, the healthcare loan portfolio sector has experienced minimal defaults and losses. We are actively monitoring the Illinois budget situation and its potential impact on our borrowers to manage the risk presented by the state's budget problems and overall challenged financial condition.

Our manufacturing portfolio, representing 22% of our commercial lending portfolio and 14% of the total portfolio at September 30, 2015, is well diversified among sub-industry and product types with particular focus on serving clients in the key geographic markets in which we operate. The manufacturing industry sector is a key component of our core business. As the general market environment for manufacturing in our markets has improved over the past several years, the manufacturing sector of the portfolio has had a significant impact on the improvement in the credit performance in the commercial portfolio.

The third largest segment of our commercial loan portfolio is the finance and insurance portfolio, which increased $383.4 million since December 31, 2014 and now represents 14% of our commercial lending portfolio at September 30, 2015 compared to 10% at December 31, 2014. Included within the growth was a net increase of $138.0 million in outstanding loans under bridge lines to private equity funds, which provide liquidity as a bridge to the next capital call from their investors. The terms of such loans are generally no more than 90 days and, given their purpose, these loans generally remain outstanding for a short period of time.

72

Table of Contents

Amounts outstanding under these lines generally will fluctuate from quarter to quarter given their transactional nature. At September 30, 2015, outstanding bridge lines totaled $171.3 million, 138% higher than our historic five-quarter average outstanding balance.

The following table summarizes our commercial real estate and construction loan portfolios by collateral type at September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014.

Table 11
Commercial Real Estate and Construction Loan Portfolios by Collateral Type
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Amount
 
% of
Total
 
Amount
 
% of
Total
Commercial Real Estate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Retail
$
735,868

 
23
 
$
608,102

 
21
Multi-family
704,195

 
22
 
593,103

 
20
Office
503,343

 
15
 
543,657

 
19
Healthcare
383,929

 
12
 
361,476

 
12
Industrial/warehouse
311,745

 
9
 
264,976

 
9
Land
242,801

 
7
 
199,497

 
7
Residential 1-4 family
81,444

 
3
 
76,995

 
3
Mixed use/other
286,013

 
9
 
268,913

 
9
Total commercial real estate
$
3,249,338

 
100
 
$
2,916,719

 
100
Construction
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Multi-family
$
115,516

 
28
 
$
113,206

 
30
Retail
85,607

 
21
 
100,086

 
26
Industrial/warehouse
32,585

 
8
 
43,779

 
11
Residential 1-4 family
30,527

 
7
 
32,419

 
9
Healthcare
35,262

 
9
 
22,382

 
6
Office
54,770

 
13
 
14,447

 
4
Mixed use/other
58,421

 
14
 
54,783

 
14
Total construction
$
412,688

 
100
 
$
381,102

 
100

Of the combined commercial real estate and construction portfolios, the three largest categories at September 30, 2015, were retail, multi-family, and office real estate, which represent 22%, 22% and 15%, respectively, of the combined portfolios. Our commercial real estate and construction portfolio strategies focuses on core real estate classes in the markets in which we operate and established sponsors and developers with which we have prior experience, have other banking relationships or the opportunity to offer comprehensive banking relationships. The multi-family category within the commercial real estate portfolio reflects a combination of stabilization of prior construction projects and redevelopment of existing cash flowing properties that are awaiting permanent financing. Payoffs during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 included property sales and refinancing into the long-term market, as we are primarily a short to intermediate term real estate lender.

Within the commercial real estate portfolio, our exposure to land loans totaled $242.8 million at September 30, 2015, increasing $43.3 million, or 22%, from $199.5 million at December 31, 2014. Land remains a less liquid asset class as buyers and sellers may hold divergent future development outlooks for the land, therefore affecting saleability and market prices. As a percentage of the commercial real estate portfolio, land loans were 7% at both September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014.

The construction portfolio totaled $412.7 million at September 30, 2015, an increase of $31.6 million compared to $381.1 million at December 31, 2014, with the most significant increases in the office and healthcare categories.


73

Table of Contents

Portfolio Risk Management

In conjunction with our commercial middle market focus, our lending activities sometimes involve larger credit relationships. Due to the larger size of these loans, the unexpected occurrence of an event or development with respect to one or more of these loans that adversely impacts the value of collateral securing the loan, the success of a workout strategy or our ability to return the loan to performing status could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. The following table summarizes our credit relationships with commitments greater than $25 million as of September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014:

Table 12
Client Relationships with Commitments Greater Than $25 Million
(Dollars in thousands)
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
Commitments greater than $25 million
 
 
 
Number of client relationships
150

 
136

Percentage that are commercial and industrial businesses
87
%
 
88
%
Aggregate amount of commitments
$
4,862,255

 
$
4,339,470

Funded loan balances
$
2,775,071

 
$
2,301,805

Funded loan balances as a percent of total loan portfolio
21
%
 
19
%

As part of the risk-based deposit insurance assessment framework, the FDIC has established a regulatory classification of “higher-risk assets,” which include higher-risk commercial and industrial loans (funded and unfunded), construction and development (“C&D”) loans (funded and unfunded), non-traditional mortgages, and higher-risk consumer loans. In connection with our overall portfolio risk management, we consider our level of higher-risk assets relative to our capital position and expect this level to decline over time. To the extent we curtail growth in higher-risk assets in our portfolio, it could influence our future rate of loan growth.

The following table summarizes our higher-risk assets as of September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014.

Table 13 (1) 
Higher-Risk Assets
(Amounts in thousands)
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
Outstanding

 
Unfunded Commitment
 
Outstanding

 
Unfunded Commitment
Commercial and industrial
$
1,487,831

 
$
450,501

 
$
1,457,906

 
$
409,940

Construction and development
699,819

 
967,462

 
703,030

 
865,298

Non-traditional mortgages
1,839

 

 
2,071

 

Consumer
10,001

 

 
10,731

 

Total
$
2,199,490

 
$
1,417,963

 
$
2,173,738

 
$
1,275,238

(1) 
Loan category classification is in based on regulatory definitions.

Higher-risk commercial and industrial loans constitute a portion of our total leveraged loan portfolio and are primarily underwritten on the recurring earnings of the borrower, where the ratio of debt-to-earnings is elevated compared to other commercial loans that are not characterized as higher-risk. Our higher-risk commercial and industrial loans are spread across multiple industries, generally command higher loan yields as a premium for underwriting the additional risk attributable to the leveraged position of the underlying borrower, and typically have lower collateral coverage than other commercial and industrial loans that are not classified by the FDIC as higher-risk assets. Based on our historical experience, the probability of default and loss given default for higher-risk commercial and industrial loans have been higher than our commercial and industrial loan portfolio as a whole and we take this into account in establishing our allowance for loan losses.


74

Table of Contents

Maturity and Interest Rate Sensitivity of Loan Portfolio

The following table summarizes the maturity distribution of our loan portfolio as of September 30, 2015, by category, as well as the interest rate sensitivity of loans in these categories that have maturities in excess of one year.

Table 14
Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates (1) 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
As of September 30, 2015
 
Due in 1 year or less
 
Due after 1 year through 5 years
 
Due after 5 years
 
Total
Commercial
$
2,197,126

 
$
6,300,180

 
$
174,695

 
$
8,672,001

Commercial real estate
1,003,189

 
2,032,531

 
213,618

 
3,249,338

Construction
41,895

 
365,487

 
5,306

 
412,688

Residential real estate
6,339

 
2,670

 
429,996

 
439,005

Home equity
14,749

 
66,374

 
51,999

 
133,122

Personal
117,814

 
55,346

 

 
173,160

Total
$
3,381,112

 
$
8,822,588

 
$
875,614

 
$
13,079,314

Loans maturing after one year:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Predetermined (fixed) interest rates
 
 
$
184,432

 
$
273,775

 
 
Floating interest rates
 
 
8,638,156

 
601,839

 
 
Total
 
 
$
8,822,588

 
$
875,614

 
 
(1) 
Maturities are based on contractual maturity date. Actual timing of repayment may differ from those reflected in the table as clients may choose to pre-pay their outstanding balance prior to the contractual maturity date.

Of the $9.2 billion in loans maturing after one year with a floating interest rate, $1.2 billion are subject to interest rate floors, of which $1.1 billion had such floors in effect at September 30, 2015. In recent quarters, it has been difficult to retain interest rate floors as loans renew, which has contributed to loan yield compression. For further analysis and information related to interest sensitivity, see Item 3 "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk" in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Delinquent Loans, Special Mention and Potential Problem Loans, Restructured Loans and Nonperforming Assets

Loans are reported delinquent if the required principal and interest payments have not been received within 30 days of the date such payments are due. Delinquency can be driven by either failure of the borrower to make payments during the term of the loan or failure to make the final payment at maturity. The majority of our loans are not fully amortizing over the term. As a result, a sizeable final repayment is often required at maturity. If a borrower lacks refinancing options or the ability to pay the remaining principal amount, the loan may become delinquent in connection with its maturity.

Loans considered special mention loans are performing in accordance with the contractual terms, but demonstrate potential weakness that, if left unresolved, may result in deterioration in the Company’s credit position and/or the repayment prospects for the credit. Borrowers rated special mention may exhibit adverse operating trends, high leverage, tight liquidity, or other credit concerns. These loans continue to accrue interest.

Potential problem loans, like special mention loans, are loans that are performing in accordance with contractual terms, but for which management has some level of concern (greater than that of special mention loans) about the ability of the borrowers to meet existing repayment terms in future periods. These loans continue to accrue interest, but ultimate collection in full is questionable due to the same conditions that characterize a special mention credit. These credits may also have somewhat increased risk profiles as a result of the current net worth and/or paying capacity of the obligor or guarantors or the value of the collateral pledged. These loans generally have a well-defined weakness that may jeopardize collection of the debt and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company may sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not resolved. Although potential problem loans require additional attention by management, they may never become nonperforming.


75

Table of Contents

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans and OREO that has been acquired primarily through foreclosure proceedings and are awaiting disposition. Nonperforming loans consist of nonaccrual loans, including restructured loans that remain on nonaccrual. We specifically exclude restructured loans that accrue interest from our definition of nonperforming loans.

All loans are placed on nonaccrual status when principal or interest payments become 90 days past due or earlier if management deems the collectability of principal or interest to be in question prior to the loans becoming 90 days past due. When interest accruals are discontinued, accrued but uncollected interest is reversed, reducing interest income. Subsequent receipts on nonaccrual loans are recorded in the financial statements as a reduction of principal, and interest income is only recorded on a cash basis if the remaining recorded investment after charge-offs is deemed fully collectible. Classification of a loan as nonaccrual does not necessarily preclude the ultimate collection of principal and/or interest.

As part of our ongoing risk management practices and in certain circumstances, we may extend or modify the terms of a loan in an attempt to maximize the collection of amounts due when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. The modification may consist of reducing the interest rate, extending the maturity date, reducing the principal balance, or other action intended to minimize potential losses and maximize our chances of a more successful recovery on a troubled loan. When we make such concessions as part of a modification, we report the loan as a TDR and account for the interest due in accordance with our TDR policy. Restructured loans can involve loans remaining on nonaccrual, moving to nonaccrual, or continuing on accrual status, depending on the individual facts and circumstances of the borrower. The TDR is classified as an accruing TDR if the borrower has demonstrated the ability to meet the new terms of the restructured loan as evidenced by a minimum of six months of performance in compliance with the restructured terms or if the borrower's performance prior to the restructuring or other significant events at the time of the restructuring supports returning or maintaining the loan on accrual status. TDRs accrue interest as long as the borrower complies with the revised terms and conditions and management is reasonably assured as to the collectability of principal and interest; otherwise, the restructured loan will be classified as nonaccrual. The TDR classification is removed when the loan is either fully repaid or is re-underwritten at market terms and an evaluation of the loan determines that it does not meet the definition of a TDR under current accounting guidance (i.e., the new terms do not represent a concession, the borrower is no longer experiencing financial difficulty, and the re-underwriting is executed at current market terms for new debt with similar risk).

OREO represents properties acquired as the result of borrower defaults on loans secured by a mortgage on real property.

As of September 30, 2015, special mention and potential problem loans totaled $274.8 million, or 2.1% of total loans, increasing $86.3 million from $188.4 million, or 1.6% of total loans, as of December 31, 2014. The increase in special mention and potential problem loans since year-end occurred primarily in our commercial loan portfolio. Because our loan portfolio contains loans that may be larger in size in order to accommodate the financing needs of some of our borrowers, changes in the performance of larger credits may from time to time create fluctuations in our credit quality metrics, including nonperforming, special mention and potential problem loans.

Nonperforming loans totaled $44.0 million at September 30, 2015, down 35% from $67.5 million at December 31, 2014, and down 40% from September 30, 2014. Nonperforming loan inflows, which are primarily composed of potential problem loans moving through the workout process (i.e., moving from potential problem to nonperforming status), have steadily declined nearly every quarter since second quarter 2010 and reached its lowest level since before the onset of the global financial crisis late in the last decade, totaling $1.1 million for third quarter 2015. The improving economic environment has provided greater opportunity to work with clients to repair and resolve credit relationships starting to exhibit signs of weakness prior to reaching greater deterioration. Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans were 0.34% at September 30, 2015, down from 0.57% at December 31, 2014, and 0.64% at September 30, 2014.

OREO declined $4.7 million, or 27%, to $12.8 million from $17.4 million at December 31, 2014, as inflows to OREO were more than offset by sales of OREO and valuation adjustments as we continue to dispose and settle these properties.

Nonperforming assets declined 33% from year end 2014 to $56.7 million at September 30, 2015, and declined 37% from September 30, 2014. As we continue to resolve our nonperforming assets, improvements were primarily due to paydowns, payoffs and sales. Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets were 0.34% at September 30, 2015, compared to 0.54% at December 31, 2014.


76

Table of Contents

The following table provides a comparison of our nonperforming assets, restructured loans accruing interest, special mention, potential problem and past due loans for the past five quarters.

Table 15
Nonperforming Assets and Restructured and Past Due Loans
(Dollars in thousands)
 
2015
 
2014
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Nonaccrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
18,370

 
$
27,845

 
$
38,973

 
$
31,047

 
$
33,348

Commercial real estate
12,041

 
13,441

 
15,619

 
19,749

 
19,079

Residential real estate
4,272

 
4,116

 
4,763

 
5,274

 
9,723

Personal and home equity
9,299

 
11,172

 
11,663

 
11,474

 
11,279

Total nonaccrual loans
43,982

 
56,574

 
71,018

 
67,544

 
73,429

90 days past due loans (still accruing interest)

 

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans
43,982

 
56,574

 
71,018

 
67,544

 
73,429

OREO
12,760

 
15,084

 
15,625

 
17,416

 
17,293

Total nonperforming assets
$
56,742

 
$
71,658

 
$
86,643

 
$
84,960

 
$
90,722

Nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans (included in nonaccrual loans):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
10,674

 
$
7,944

 
$
17,333

 
$
20,113

 
$
17,746

Commercial real estate
9,397

 
10,638

 
12,335

 
8,005

 
8,103

Residential real estate
1,308

 
1,325

 
1,737

 
1,881

 
1,512

Personal and home equity
5,402

 
5,832

 
5,985

 
6,299

 
5,467

Total nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans
$
26,781

 
$
25,739

 
$
37,390

 
$
36,298

 
$
32,828

Restructured loans accruing interest:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
$
23,596

 
$
34,932

 
$
20,775

 
$
21,124

 
$
19,901

Commercial real estate

 

 
177

 
199

 
807

Personal and home equity
2,101

 
1,754

 
1,416

 
1,422

 
1,428

Total restructured loans accruing interest
$
25,697

 
$
36,686

 
$
22,368

 
$
22,745

 
$
22,136

Special mention loans
$
146,827

 
$
132,441

 
$
102,651

 
$
100,989

 
$
76,611

Potential problem loans
$
127,950

 
$
137,757

 
$
107,038

 
$
87,442

 
$
119,770

30-89 days past due loans
$
6,420

 
$
2,823

 
$
9,217

 
$
11,816

 
$
3,457

Nonperforming loans to total loans
0.34
%
 
0.45
%
 
0.58
%
 
0.57
%
 
0.64
%
Nonperforming loans to total assets
0.26
%
 
0.35
%
 
0.43
%
 
0.43
%
 
0.48
%
Nonperforming assets to total assets
0.34
%
 
0.44
%
 
0.53
%
 
0.54
%
 
0.60
%
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of nonperforming loans
370
%
 
278
%
 
221
%
 
226
%
 
204
%


77

Table of Contents

The following table presents changes in our nonperforming loans for the past five quarters.

Table 16
Nonperforming Loans Rollforward
(Amounts in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
2015
 
2014
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Nonperforming loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
56,574

 
$
71,018

 
$
67,544

 
$
73,429

 
$
76,589

Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New nonaccrual loans (1)
1,127

 
6,884

 
16,279

 
6,052

 
16,767

Reductions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return to performing status
(998
)
 

 
(97
)
 
(439
)
 

Paydowns and payoffs, net of advances
(8,807
)
 
(15,800
)
 
(4,841
)
 
(457
)
 
(16,371
)
Net sales
(1,990
)
 
(317
)
 
(2,407
)
 
(1,800
)
 
(1,053
)
Transfer to OREO
(954
)
 
(1,996
)
 
(2,152
)
 
(6,177
)
 
(776
)
Charge-offs
(970
)
 
(3,215
)
 
(3,308
)
 
(3,064
)
 
(1,727
)
Total reductions
(13,719
)
 
(21,328
)
 
(12,805
)
 
(11,937
)
 
(19,927
)
Balance at end of period
$
43,982

 
$
56,574

 
$
71,018

 
$
67,544

 
$
73,429

Nonaccruing troubled debt restructured loans (included in nonperforming loans):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
25,739

 
$
37,390

 
$
36,298

 
$
32,828

 
$
21,016

Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New nonaccrual troubled debt restructured loans (1)
5,014

 
4,751

 
6,666

 
3,487

 
17,662

Reductions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return to performing status
(338
)
 

 
(78
)
 

 

Paydowns and payoffs, net of advances
(2,000
)
 
(11,747
)
 
(2,336
)
 
234

 
(5,721
)
Net sales
(629
)
 

 
(140
)
 

 

Transfer to OREO
(879
)
 
(1,960
)
 
(874
)
 
(133
)
 

Charge-offs
(126
)
 
(2,695
)
 
(2,146
)
 
(118
)
 
(129
)
Total reductions
(3,972
)
 
(16,402
)
 
(5,574
)
 
(17
)
 
(5,850
)
Balance at end of period
$
26,781

 
$
25,739

 
$
37,390

 
$
36,298

 
$
32,828

(1) 
Amounts represent loan balances as of the end of the month in which loans were classified as new nonaccrual loans.

Credit Quality Management and Allowance for Loan Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan losses at a level management believes is sufficient to absorb credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is assessed quarterly and represents an accounting estimate of probable losses in the portfolio at each balance sheet date based on a review of available and relevant information at that time. The allowance contains provisions for identified probable losses relating to specific borrowing relationships that are considered to be impaired (the "specific component" of the allowance), as well as probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio that have not been specifically identified (the "general allocated component" of the allowance), which is determined using a methodology that is a function of quantitative and qualitative factors and management judgment applied to defined segments of our loan portfolio.

The specific component of the allowance relates to impaired loans. Impaired loans consist of nonaccrual loans (including nonaccrual TDRs and loans classified as accruing TDRs). A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, either (i) management believes it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the original contractual terms of the loan agreement (e.g., nonaccrual loans), or (ii) the loan has been classified as a TDR. Once

78

Table of Contents

a loan is determined to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the loan’s observable fair value; fair value of the underlying collateral less estimated selling costs, if the loan is collateral-dependent; or the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Impaired loans exceeding $500,000 are evaluated individually while smaller loans are evaluated as pools using historical loss experience as well as management’s loss expectations for the respective asset class and product type. If the estimated fair value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (including accrued interest, net of deferred loan fees and costs and unamortized premium or discount), impairment is recognized by creating a specific reserve as a component of the allowance for loan losses. The recognition of any reserve required on new impaired loans is recorded in the same quarter in which the transfer of the loan to nonaccrual status occurred. All loans that are over 90 days past due in principal or interest are placed on nonaccrual status. Management may also place some loans on nonaccrual status before they are 90 days past due if they meet the above definition of "nonaccrual." All impaired loans are reviewed quarterly for any changes that would affect the specific reserve. Any impaired loan for which a determination has been made that the economic value is permanently reduced is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses to reflect its current economic value in the period in which such determination has been made.

At the time a collateral-dependent loan is initially determined to be impaired, we review the existing appraisal. If the most recent appraisal is greater than one-year old, a new appraisal of the underlying collateral is obtained. For collateral-dependent impaired loans that are secured by real estate, we generally obtain "as is" appraisal values in order to evaluate impairment. Appraisals for real estate collateral-dependent impaired loans in excess of $500,000 are updated with new independent appraisals at least annually and are formally reviewed by our internal appraisal department. Additional diligence is performed at the six-month interval between annual appraisals. If during the course of the six-month review process there is evidence supporting a meaningful decline in the value of collateral, the appraised value is either adjusted downward or a new appraisal is required to support the value of the impaired loan.

In addition to the appraisal, both borrower and market-specific factors are taken into consideration, which may result in obtaining more frequent appraisal updates or internal assessments. Appraisals are conducted by third-party independent appraisers under internal direction and engagement. Appraisals are either reviewed internally by our appraisal department or are sent to an outside firm, if appropriate. Both levels of review involve a scope appropriate for the complexity and risk associated with the loan and its collateral. As part of our internal review process, we consider other factors or recent developments that could adjust the valuations indicated in the appraisals or internal reviews. To validate the reasonableness of the appraisals obtained, we may consider many factors, including a comparison of the appraised value to the actual sales price of similar properties, relevant comparable sale price listings, broker opinions, and local or regional real estate valuation and sales data.

As of September 30, 2015, the average age of appraisals used in the impaired loan valuation process was approximately 205 days. The amount of impaired assets which, by policy, require an independent appraisal, but do not have a current external appraisal at September 30, 2015, due to the timing of the receipt of the appraisal, is not material. In situations such as this, we perform an internal assessment to determine if a probable impairment reserve is required for the asset based on our experience in the related asset class and type.

The general allocated component of the allowance is determined using a methodology that is a function of quantitative and qualitative factors and considerations applied to segments of our loan portfolio. The methodology takes into account at a product level (e.g., commercial, commercial real estate, construction, etc.) the default and loss history of similar products or sub-products. Using this information, the methodology produces loss estimates by product that are consistent with the loss emergence period. The general allocated component of the allowance uses a look-back period when estimating losses that begins in 2010 and is updated with monthly data through a lagged quarter to the most recent period. Loss parameters are derived using a combination of monthly ratings' migration experience as well as expected loss experience on defaulted loans ("LGD") over the estimated loss emergence period for each particular product category. We assess the appropriate balance of the general allocated component of the reserve at the model loss emergence period based on a variety of internal and external quantitative and qualitative factors giving consideration to conditions not fully contemplated in the model results. Topics considered in this assessment include changes in lending practices, changes in business or economic conditions, changes in the nature and volume of loans, changes in staffing or management, changes in the quality of our results from loan reviews (which includes credit quality trends and risk rating accuracy), changes in collateral values, recent portfolio performance, concentration risks, and other external factors such as legal or regulatory matters relevant to management’s assessment of required reserve levels. In certain instances, these additional factors and judgments may lead to management’s conclusion that the appropriate level of the reserve differs from the amount determined through the model-driven quantitative framework, with respect to a given product type.

The Bank has limited exposure to junior collateral position except with respect to home equity lines of credit ("HELOCs"). This product is by definition usually secured in the junior position to the first mortgage on the related property. The Bank evaluates the allowance for loan losses for HELOCs as one of our six primary, segregated product types and considers the potential impact of

79

Table of Contents

the junior security position (as opposed to our typical senior position in all other product types) in setting final general allocated reserve amounts for this product.

In our evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance at September 30, 2015, we began with our quantitatively determined loss estimate and then give consideration to a number of factors for each product, including the following:

for the commercial portfolio product type the pace of growth in the commercial loan sector; recent portfolio credit performance; impact of competition on loan structures; the existence of larger individual credits and specialized industry concentrations; increased leverage on existing borrowers in our general portfolio outside of leveraged lending; comparison of our default rates to overall U.S. industry averages at industry subsets, which include asset based lending, leveraged lending, and general commercial credits; default emergence in recent periods compared to the look-back period; the loss emergence period; results of "back testing" of model results versus actual recent charge-off history; recent rating migrations into problem loan categories and other portfolio trends; as well as general macroeconomic indicators such as GDP, employment trends and manufacturing activity. Management adjustments made this period included adjustments for: industry level default rate experience in portfolios where we lack loss experience; LGD rates in instances where calculations using historical experience are not expected to be representative of management’s estimated losses; increased leverage metrics on existing borrowers within the portfolio; and competitive loan structures;
for the commercial real estate portfolio product type, the potential impact of general commercial real estate trends; particularly occupancy and leasing rate trends; charge-off severity; recent rating migrations into problem loan categories; comparison of our default rates to overall U.S. industry averages at industry subsets; loss emergence period; default emergence from recent years compared to historical stressed periods; changes in loan underwriting and/or loan structure; results of "back testing" of model results versus recent charge-off history; collateral value changes in commercial real estate; and the impact that a negative general macroeconomic condition could have on this sector. Management adjustments made this period included adjustments for: industry level default rate experience in portfolios where we lack loss experience; LGD rates in instances where calculations using historical loss experience are not expected to be representative of management’s estimated losses; increasing collateral valuations; compression of capitalization rates; competitive and less stringent loan structures;
for the construction portfolio product type, construction employment; industry experience on construction loan losses; loss emergence period; construction spending rates; less stringent underwriting standards in the marketplace leading to more competitive credit structures; and increased valuation basis of the recent growth in the portfolio. Management adjustments made this period included adjustments for: industry level default rate experience in portfolios where we lack loss experience; LGD rates in instances where calculations using historical loss experience are not expected to be representative of management’s estimated losses; increasing collateral valuations; and competitive and less stringent loan structures; and
for the residential, home equity, and personal portfolio product types, home price indices and delinquency rates; portfolio trends and borrowers' credit strength; loss emergence period; and general economic conditions and interest rate trends that impact these products.

In determining our reserve levels at September 30, 2015, we established a general reserve that includes management's qualitative assessment discussed above which increased the reserve to a higher output than the model's unadjusted quantitative output, in total. This judgment was influenced primarily by recent indicators in our commercial portfolio, such as the increasing leverage metrics for some existing borrowers, changes in underwriting standards, and volume and nature of loan growth, which have not yet been fully incorporated into the model output.

Management also considers the amount and characteristics of the accruing TDRs removed from the general reserve formulas as a proxy for potentially heightened risk in the portfolio when establishing final reserve requirements.

The establishment of the allowance for loan losses involves a high degree of judgment and estimation which includes an inherent level of imprecision given the difficulty of identifying all the factors impacting loan repayment and the timing of when losses will actually occur. While management utilizes its best judgment and available information, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond our control, including, but not limited to, client performance, the economy, changes in interest rates and property values, and the interpretation by regulatory authorities of loan classifications.

Although we determine the amount of each element of the allowance separately and consider this process to be an important credit management tool, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for the entire loan portfolio.


80

Table of Contents

Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses and reviews the underlying methodology with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors quarterly. As of September 30, 2015, management concluded the allowance for loan losses was adequate (i.e., sufficient to absorb losses that are inherent in the portfolio at that date, including for those loans where the loss is not yet identifiable).

As an integral part of their examination process, various federal and state regulatory agencies also review the allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require that certain loan balances be classified differently or charged off when their credit evaluations differ from those of management based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

The accounting policies underlying the establishment and maintenance of the allowance for loan losses through provisions charged to operating expense are discussed more fully in Note 1 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

The following table presents changes in the allowance for loan losses, excluding covered assets, for the periods presented.

Table 17
Allowance for Loan Losses and Summary of Loan Loss Experience
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Three Months Ended
 
2015
 
2014
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Change in allowance for loan losses:
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
157,051

 
$
156,610

 
$
152,498

 
$
150,135

 
$
146,491

Loans charged-off:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
(661
)
 
(2,921
)
 
(2,202
)
 
(1,732
)
 
(227
)
Commercial real estate
(175
)
 
(98
)
 
(887
)
 
(417
)
 
(1,133
)
Construction

 

 

 
1

 
(7
)
Residential real estate
(97
)
 
(194
)
 
(37
)
 
(847
)
 
(252
)
Home equity
(85
)
 

 
(371
)
 
(130
)
 
(172
)
Personal
(6
)
 
(28
)
 
(10
)
 
(7
)
 
(8
)
Total charge-offs
(1,024
)
 
(3,241
)
 
(3,507
)
 
(3,132
)
 
(1,799
)
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial
2,115

 
984

 
511

 
720

 
1,145

Commercial real estate
134

 
272

 
598

 
270

 
356

Construction
10

 
164

 
19

 
57

 
6

Residential real estate
198

 
47

 
57

 
231

 
9

Home equity
50

 
73

 
70

 
73

 
67

Personal
131

 
86

 
873

 
167

 
128

Total recoveries
2,638

 
1,626

 
2,128

 
1,518

 
1,711

Net recoveries (charge-offs)
1,614

 
(1,615
)
 
(1,379
)
 
(1,614
)
 
(88
)
Provisions charged to operating expense
4,203

 
2,056

 
5,491

 
3,977

 
3,732

Balance at end of period
$
162,868

 
$
157,051

 
$
156,610

 
$
152,498

 
$
150,135

Allowance as a percent of loans at period end
1.25
 %
 
1.25
%
 
1.29
%
 
1.28
%
 
1.30
%
Average loans, excluding covered assets
$
12,814,714

 
$
12,399,878

 
$
12,049,687

 
$
11,750,702

 
$
11,329,823

Ratio of net (recoveries) charge-offs (annualized) to average loans outstanding for the period
-0.05
 %
 
0.05
%
 
0.05
%
 
0.05
%
 
*

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of nonperforming loans
370
 %
 
278
%
 
221
%
 
226
%
 
204
%
*    Less than 0.01%


81

Table of Contents

Gross charge-offs declined 43% to $1.0 million for third quarter 2015 from $1.8 million for the year ago period and declined 68% from $3.2 million for second quarter 2015. Commercial loans comprised 65% of total charge-offs in third quarter 2015. Net recoveries for the three months ended September 30, 2015, totaled $1.6 million compared to net charge-offs of $88,000 for the same period in 2014. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net charge-offs decreased 36%, totaling $1.4 million compared to $2.2 million for the same period in 2014, which was aided by larger than average recoveries in the commercial loan portfolio in third quarter 2015.

The allowance for loan losses increased $10.4 million to $162.9 million at September 30, 2015, from $152.5 million at December 31, 2014. The allowance for loan losses to total loans ratio was 1.25% at September 30, 2015 and 1.28% at December 31, 2014. Under our methodology, the allowance for loan losses is comprised of the following components:

Specific Component of the Allowance

The specific reserve requirements are the summation of individual reserves related to impaired loans that are analyzed on a loan-by-loan basis at the balance sheet date. At September 30, 2015, the specific reserve component of the allowance totaled $9.1 million, down from $16.6 million at December 31, 2014, with the decrease largely driven by favorable developments in several nonperforming loans during second quarter 2015, partially offset by a larger reserve on an individual credit in third quarter 2015. At September 30, 2015, impaired loans totaled $69.7 million, of which 93% are collateral-dependent. Of the $69.7 million in impaired loans at September 30, 2015, and the $90.3 million in impaired loans at December 31, 2014, 45% and 56%, respectively, required a specific reserve.

General Allocated Component of the Allowance

The general allocated component of the allowance increased by $17.9 million, or 13%, from $135.9 million at December 31, 2014, to $153.8 million at September 30, 2015. The increase in the general allocated reserve was primarily influenced by larger reserve requirements to reflect the growing loan portfolio and changes in the credit quality of the existing portfolio for certain sectors in the commercial portfolio, specifically in the portfolio of leveraged commercial and industrial loans. These increases were partially offset by a reduction in the reserve in the commercial real estate portfolio due to the stability and positive position of the portfolio metrics within this product type.

The provision for loan losses for the quarter was $4.2 million, compared to $2.1 million for the prior quarter and $3.7 million for third quarter 2014. The provision for both third quarter 2015 and third quarter 2014 was aided by higher than average recoveries totaling $2.6 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The provision for loan losses may fluctuate quarter to quarter depending on the level of loan growth and unevenness in credit quality due to the size of individual credits. Given the relatively low level of specific reserves at September 30, 2015, we expect any further benefit to provision expense resulting from the release of existing specific reserves to be minimal. Accordingly, we expect our provision expense going forward to be driven by changes to the general allocated reserve component due to overall loan growth and credit performance and, if necessary, any new specific reserves that may be required.


82

Table of Contents

The following table presents our allocation of the allowance for loan losses by loan category at the dates shown.

Table 18
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
September 30, 2015
 
% of Total
 
December 31, 2014
 
% of Total
Commercial
$
121,011

 
74

 
$
103,462

 
68

Commercial real estate
26,301

 
16

 
31,838

 
21

Construction
4,397

 
3

 
4,290

 
3

Residential real estate
4,330

 
3

 
5,316

 
3

Home equity
4,288

 
2

 
4,924

 
3

Personal
2,541

 
2

 
2,668

 
2

Total
$
162,868

 
100
%
 
$
152,498

 
100
%
Specific reserve
$
9,072

 
6
%
 
$
16,627

 
11
%
General allocated reserve
$
153,796

 
94
%
 
$
135,871

 
89
%
Recorded Investment in Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ending balance, specific reserve
$
69,679

 
 
 
$
90,289

 
 
Ending balance, general allocated reserve
13,009,635

 
 
 
11,801,930

 
 
Total loans at period end
$
13,079,314

 
 
 
$
11,892,219

 
 

Reserve for Unfunded Commitments

In addition to the allowance for loan losses, we maintain a reserve for unfunded commitments at a level we believe to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to unfunded credit facilities. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, our reserve for unfunded commitments increased $2.9 million from $12.3 million at December 31, 2014, to $15.2 million and consisted of $11.6 million in general reserve and $3.6 million in specific reserves at September 30, 2015. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, the general reserves increased $176,000, driven by higher unfunded commitment levels and an increase in the likelihood of certain product categories to draw on unused lines and loss factors. The specific reserve increased $2.8 million, mainly attributable to an individual credit with undrawn letters of credit, reserved for in third quarter 2015. Net adjustments to the reserve for unfunded commitments are included in other non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Unfunded commitments, excluding covered assets, totaled $6.3 billion and $6.0 billion at September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively. At September 30, 2015, unfunded commitments with maturities of less than one year approximated $1.7 billion. For further information on our unfunded commitments, refer to Note 15 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

COVERED ASSETS

At September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, covered assets represent acquired residential mortgage loans and foreclosed loan collateral covered under a loss share agreement with the FDIC and include an indemnification receivable representing the present value of the expected reimbursement from the FDIC related to expected losses on the covered assets. The loss share agreement will expire on September 30, 2019.

Total covered assets, net of allowance for covered loan losses, declined by $6.7 million, or 23%, from $28.9 million at December 31, 2014, to $22.2 million at September 30, 2015. The reduction was primarily attributable to $7.5 million in principal paydowns, net of advances, as well as the impact of such on the evaluation of expected cash flows and discount accretion levels. Partially offsetting the decrease were changes in the estimated loss reimbursements by the FDIC as a result of loss claims paid by the FDIC and amortization of the receivable. At September 30, 2015, the indemnification receivable totaled $2.0 million, compared to $1.8 million at December 31, 2014. Because the remaining covered assets largely represent single-family mortgages, we do not expect a significant change in balances from period to period. Total delinquent and nonperforming covered loans totaled $6.4 million at September 30, 2015, and $7.0 million at December 31, 2014.


83

Table of Contents

FUNDING AND LIQUIDITY MANAGEMENT

We manage our liquidity position in order to meet our cash flow requirements, maintain sufficient capacity to meet our clients’ needs and accommodate fluctuations in asset and liability levels due to changes in our business operations. We also have contingency funding plans designed to allow us to operate through a period of stress when access to normal sources of funding may be constrained. As part of our asset/liability management strategy, we utilize a variety of funding sources in an effort to optimize the balance of duration risk, cost, liquidity risk and contingency planning.
 
We maintain liquidity at levels we believe sufficient to meet anticipated client liquidity needs, fund anticipated loan growth, and selectively purchase securities and investments. Liquid assets refer to cash on hand, Federal funds ("Fed funds") sold and securities. Net liquid assets represent liquid assets less the amount of such assets pledged to secure deposits, repurchase agreements, FHLB advances and FRB borrowings that require collateral and to satisfy contractual obligations. Net liquid assets at the Bank were $2.8 billion and $2.7 billion at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

The Bank’s principal sources of funds are commercial deposits, some of which are large institutional deposits and deposits that are classified for regulatory purposes as brokered deposits, and retail deposits. In addition to deposits, we utilize FHLB advances and other sources of funding to support our balance sheet and liquidity needs. Cash from operations is also a source of funds. The Bank’s principal uses of funds include funding growth in the loan portfolio and, to a lesser extent, our investment portfolio, which is designed to be highly liquid to serve collateral needs and support liquidity risk management. In managing our levels of cash on-hand, we consider factors such as our clients’ needs for liquidity and deposit movement trends (which can be influenced by changing economic conditions, client specific needs to support their businesses, including transactions such as acquisitions and divestitures, and the overall composition of our deposit base) and other needs of the Bank.

The primary sources of funding for the Holding Company include dividends received from the Bank, intercompany tax reimbursements from the Bank, and proceeds from the issuance of senior and subordinated debt and equity. As an additional source of funding, the Holding Company has a 364-day revolving line of credit with a group of commercial banks allowing borrowings of up to $60.0 million in total. As of September 30, 2015, no amounts were drawn on the facility. The Holding Company had $57.4 million in cash at September 30, 2015, compared to $60.6 million at December 31, 2014.

Our cash flows are comprised of three classifications: cash flows from operating activities, cash flows from investing activities, and cash flows from financing activities. Cash flows from operating activities primarily include results of operations for the period, adjusted for items in net income that did not impact cash. Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $111.1 million from the prior year period to $240.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015. Cash flows from investing activities reflect the impact of growth in loans and investments acquired for our interest-earning asset portfolios, as well as asset maturities and sales. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $1.4 billion, compared to $963.1 million for the prior year period. Cash flows from financing activities include transactions and events whereby cash is obtained from and/or paid to depositors, creditors or investors. Net cash provided by financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, was $1.1 billion, compared to $991.4 million for the prior year period. The current period increase in financing cash flows primarily resulted from a net increase in FHLB advances, short-term borrowings and deposit balances during the nine months ended September 30, 2015.

Deposits

Our deposit base is predominately composed of middle market commercial client relationships from a diversified industry base. We offer a suite of deposit and cash management products and services that support our efforts to attract and retain commercial clients. These deposits are generated principally through the development of long-term relationships with clients. Approximately 70% of our deposits at September 30, 2015, were accounts managed by our commercial business groups.

Through our community banking and private wealth groups, we offer a variety of small business and personal banking products, including checking, savings and money market accounts and certificates of deposit (“CDs”). Approximately 26% of our deposits at September 30, 2015, were accounts managed by our community banking and private wealth groups.

Public fund balances, denoting the funds held on account for municipalities and other public entities, are included as part of our total deposits. We enter into specific agreements with certain public clients to pledge collateral, primarily securities, in support of their balances on deposits. At September 30, 2015, we had public funds on deposit totaling $905.5 million, or approximately 7% of our deposits. Changes in public fund balances are influenced by the tax collection activities of the various municipalities as well as the general level of interest rates.


84

Table of Contents

The following table provides a comparison of deposits by category for the periods presented.

Table 19
Deposits (1) 
(Dollars in thousands)

 
September 30,
2015
 
%
of Total
 
December 31,
2014
 
%
of Total
 
% Change in Balances
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
$
4,068,816

 
29
 
$
3,516,695

 
27
 
16

Interest-bearing demand deposits
1,264,201

 
9
 
1,907,320

 
15
 
-34

Savings deposits
356,694

 
3
 
319,100

 
2
 
12

Money market accounts
5,892,791

 
42
 
4,851,925

 
37
 
21

Time deposits
2,315,237

 
17
 
2,494,928

 
19
 
-7

Total deposits
$
13,897,739

 
100
 
$
13,089,968

 
100
 
6

(1) 
Excludes deposits held-for-sale of $122.2 million as of December 31, 2014.

Total deposits at September 30, 2015, increased $807.8 million to $13.9 billion from year end 2014, driven primarily by a $1.0 billion increase in money market deposits and $552.1 million increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposits, offset by a decrease of $643.1 million of interest-bearing demand deposits. Total average deposit growth since year end 2014 was $1.2 billion. Due to the predominantly commercial nature of our client base, we experience fluctuations in our deposit base from time to time due to large deposit movements in certain client accounts, such as in connection with client-specific corporate acquisitions and divestitures. As a result, depending on the timing of these deposit movements, our quarter-end loan-to-deposit ratio has generally fluctuated from quarter to quarter. For example, our loan to deposit ratio was 91% at December 31, 2014, 86% at March 31, 2015, and 94% at both June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015. In addition to the quarter to quarter fluctuations in deposit balances that we sometimes experience due to client-specific events, the nature of our commercial client base has historically led to gradually increasing deposit balances in the second half of the year compared to the first half, although there is no assurance that this historical trend will repeat in future years.

Of the $807.8 million period-end increase in deposits from year end 2014, $409.0 million came from clients in the financial services industry, such as securities broker-dealers ("BDs") for which we serve as a program bank in their cash sweep programs (as discussed in more detail below under "Brokered Deposits"), hedge funds and fund administrators and futures commission merchants ("FCMs"). Financial services clients have a higher propensity to generate larger transactional flows than our typical commercial client which can result in temporary deposits, especially around period ends. Furthermore, some of these deposits, particularly from hedge funds and fund administrators and FCMs, may exhibit elevated volatility due to the more complex liquidity and cash flow needs of the depositors given the nature of their businesses. This volatility can further contribute to the quarter to quarter fluctuations in our deposit base that we referenced in the preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the larger transactional flows and potential for elevated volatility, we intend to continue utilizing deposits from financial services firms to meet our funding requirements from client needs, such as loan growth.  In light of our loan-to-deposit levels and loan growth over the past several periods, our ability to continue growing our loan portfolio may be influenced in part by our ability to continue attracting deposits, including those from financial services clients.

Because of the predominantly commercial nature of our deposit base, including from the financial services industry, we historically have had larger average deposit balances per deposit relationship than a retail-focused bank. Furthermore, a meaningful portion of our deposit base is comprised of large commercial deposit relationships, some of which are classified as brokered deposits for regulatory purposes (as discussed in more detail below under “Brokered Deposits”). The following table presents a comparison of our large deposit relationships as of the dates shown. Of our large deposit relationships of $75 million or more shown in the table below, over one-half of the deposits are from financial services-related businesses.

85

Table of Contents


Table 20
Large Deposit Relationships
(Dollars in thousands)

 
2015
 
2014
 
September 30
 
December 31
 
September 30
Ten largest depositors:
 
 
 
 
 
Deposit amounts
$
2,216,927

 
$
2,225,641

 
$
1,953,423

Percentage of total deposits
16
%
 
17
%
 
15
%
Classified as brokered deposits
$
1,397,789

 
$
1,442,195

 
$
1,312,918

 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposit Relationships of $75 Million or More:
 
 
 
 
 
Deposit amounts
$
3,211,680

 
$
3,285,598

 
$
2,991,840

Percentage of total deposits (all relationships)
23
%
 
25
%
 
23
%
Percentage of total deposits (financial services businesses only)
14
%
 
14
%
 
11
%
Number of deposit relationships
22

 
22

 
21

Classified as brokered deposits
$
1,889,752

 
$
1,936,653

 
$
1,824,949


Brokered Deposits

Table 21
Brokered Deposit Composition
(Dollars in thousands)

 
2015
 
2014
 
September 30
 
December 31
 
September 30
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
$
371,675

 
$
107,564

 
$
104,957

Interest-bearing demand deposits
266,133

 
641,466

 
415,953

Money market accounts
1,903,413

 
1,448,663

 
1,545,778

Time deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
Traditional
576,859

 
564,116

 
663,393

CDARS (1)
228,436

 
521,995

 
597,449

Other
87,463

 
82,714

 
101,408

Total time deposits
892,758

 
1,168,825

 
1,362,250

Total brokered deposits
$
3,433,979

 
$
3,366,518

 
$
3,428,938

Brokered deposits as a % of total deposits
25
%
 
26
%
 
27
%
Note: Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation based on regulatory guidance regarding classification of brokered deposits.
(1) 
The CDARS® deposit program is a deposit services arrangement that effectively achieves FDIC deposit insurance for jumbo deposit relationships.

The regulatory definition of brokered deposits includes any non-proprietary funds deposited, or referred for deposit, with a depository institution by a third party. “Traditional” brokered time deposits primarily refer to CDs issued in wholesale amounts through a broker-dealer and held in book-entry form at The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation as well as CDs issued through third-party auction services. The regulatory definition of brokered deposits also encompasses certain deposits that we generate through more direct relationships with third parties. Examples of these “non-traditional” brokered deposits include insured cash sweep programs operated by BDs with which we have entered into a contract to serve as a program bank (which are discussed in more detail below) and funds administered by service providers, such as escrow agents, title companies, mortgage servicers and property managers, on behalf of third parties. With respect to these third-party service providers, we may have additional banking relationships with them and their affiliates. Our non-traditional brokered deposits are maintained across various account types,

86

Table of Contents

including demand, money market and time deposits, based on the needs of our clients. We believe that many of these deposits, despite falling within the definition of brokered deposits for regulatory purposes, generally constitute a stable, cost-effective source of funding and, accordingly, we view them differently from traditional brokered time deposits from a liquidity risk management perspective. We consider the non-traditional brokered deposits as an important component of our relationship-based commercial banking business, whereas we use traditional brokered time deposits as a source of longer-term funding to complement deposits generated through relationships with our clients. As part of our liquidity risk management program, we consider characteristics other than regulatory classification, such as pricing, volatility, duration and our relationship with the depositor, when assessing the stability and overall value of deposits to us.

Total brokered deposits, as defined for regulatory reporting purposes, represented 25% of total deposits at September 30, 2015 and 26% of total deposits at December 31, 2014. However, traditional brokered time deposits represented only 4% of total deposits at both September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014. Traditional brokered deposits have a weighted average maturity date of approximately 2 years.
As noted above, a significant source of non-traditional brokered deposits are cash sweep programs operated by BDs. At September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, $1.5 billion, or approximately 45%, and $1.7 billion, or approximately 51%, respectively, of our total regulatory-defined brokered deposits consisted of deposits from cash sweep programs operated by BDs for which we serve as a program bank. Cash sweep programs enable the BDs’ brokerage clients to "sweep" their cash balances into an omnibus bank deposit account established at a third-party depository institution by the BD as agent or custodian for the benefit of its clients. The contracts governing our participation as a program bank have a specified term, set forth the pricing terms for the deposits and generally provide for minimum and maximum deposit levels that that the BDs will have with us at any given time.

Unlike traditional brokered time deposits, cash sweep program deposits are typically maintained in money market accounts and may be eligible for FDIC pass-through insurance. As of September 30, 2015, approximately 60% of the cash sweep program deposit balances were attributable to BDs who have had a deposit relationship with us for more than four years. In Table 20, Large Deposit Relationships, above, $1.5 billion of cash sweep program deposits were included in the deposit amounts attributable to deposit relationships of $75.0 million or more.

The following table presents our time and brokered time deposits as of September 30, 2015, with scheduled maturity dates during the period specified.

Table 22
Scheduled Maturities of Time Deposits
(Amounts in thousands)

 
Total
Year Ended December 31, 2015:
 
 Fourth quarter
$
500,850

2016
967,922

2017
390,211

2018
152,178

2019
89,984

2020 and thereafter
214,092

Total
$
2,315,237



87

Table of Contents

The following table presents our time and brokered time deposits of $100,000 or more as of September 30, 2015, which are expected to mature during the period specified.

Table 23
Maturities of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More
(Amounts in thousands)

 
September 30, 2015
Maturing within 3 months
$
460,076

After 3 but within 6 months
206,048

After 6 but within 12 months
494,723

After 12 months
884,102

Total
$
2,044,949


Over the past several years in the low interest rate environment, our clients have tended to keep the maturities of their deposits short, and short-term certificates of deposit have generally been renewed on terms and with maturities of similar duration. In the event that time deposits are not renewed, we expect to replace those deposits with brokered time deposits or borrowed money sufficient to manage our duration.

Borrowings

To supplement our deposit flows, we utilize a variety of wholesale funding sources and other borrowings both to fund our operations and serve as contingency funding. We maintain access to multiple external sources of funding to assist in the prudent management of funding costs, interest rate risk, and anticipated funding needs or other considerations. In addition, in constructing our overall mix of funding sources, we also factor in our desire to have a diversity of funding sources available to us. Some of our funding sources are accessible same-day, while others require advance notice, and some sources require the pledging of collateral, while others are unsecured. Our sources of additional funding liabilities are described below:
Fed Funds Counterparty Lines - Fed funds counterparty lines are immediately accessible uncommitted lines of credit from other financial institutions. The borrowing term is typically overnight. Availability of Fed funds lines fluctuates based on market conditions, counterparty relationship strength and the amount of excess reserve balances held by counterparties.
Federal Reserve Discount Window - The discount window at the Federal Reserve Bank (the “FRB”) is an additional source of overnight funding. We maintain access to the discount window primary credit program by pledging loans as collateral. Funding availability is uncommitted and primarily dictated by the amount of loans pledged and the advance rate applied by the FRB to the pledged loans. The amount of loans pledged to the FRB can fluctuate due to the availability of loans that are eligible under the FRB’s criteria, which include stipulations of documentation requirements, credit quality, payment status and other criteria.
Repurchase Agreements - Repurchase agreements are agreements to sell securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities at a specified maturity date, generally within 1 to 90 days from the transaction date. As of September 30, 2015, we supplemented our short-term funding needs by entering into a 21-day, $58.0 million repurchase agreement that matures early fourth quarter 2015.
FHLB Advances - As a member of the FHLB Chicago, we have access to borrowing capacity, which is uncommitted and subject to change based on the availability of acceptable collateral to pledge and the level of our investment in stock of the FHLB Chicago.  FHLB advances can be either short-term or long-term borrowings. Late in the second quarter 2015, we obtained a 24‑month $350.0 million advance at a 0.10% floating rate. Short-term advances historically have had a term of one to three days.
Revolving Line of Credit - The Company has a 364-day revolving line of credit with a group of commercial banks allowing us to borrow up to $60.0 million. The maturity date is September 23, 2016. The interest rate applied on the line of credit is, at our election, either 30-day or 90-day LIBOR plus 1.75% or Prime minus 0.50%. We have the option to elect to convert any amounts outstanding under the line of credit, whether at maturity or before, to an amortizing term loan, with the balance of such loan due September 24, 2018. We did not have any amounts outstanding on the line of credit as of September 30, 2015. We use the line primarily as an additional source of funding and have not drawn on it since inception.

88

Table of Contents

Long-Term Debt - As of September 30, 2015, we had outstanding $169.8 million of variable and fixed rate unsecured junior subordinated debentures issued to four statutory trusts that issued trust preferred securities, which currently qualify as Tier 1 capital and mature as follows: $8.2 million in 2034; $92.8 million in 2035 and $68.8 million in 2068.  We also had outstanding $125.0 million of fixed rate unsecured subordinated debentures, which currently qualify as Tier 2 capital and mature in 2042.
In addition to the foregoing, we also have access to the brokered deposit market, through which we have numerous alternatives and significant capacity, if needed. The availability and access to the brokered deposit market is subject to market conditions, our capital levels, our counterparty strength and other factors.
The following table summarizes information regarding our outstanding borrowings and additional borrowing capacity for the periods presented:
Table 24
Borrowings
(Dollars in thousands)
 
September 30, 2015
 
December 31, 2014
 
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Amount
 
Rate
 
Outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-Term
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds
$

 
%
 
$

 
%
 
FRB discount window

 
%
 

 
%
 
Repurchase agreements
57,965

 
0.40
%
 

 
%
 
FHLB advances
452,000

 
0.15
%
 
428,000

 
0.13
%
 
Revolving line of credit (a)

 
%
 

 
%
 
Total short-term borrowings (1)
$
509,965

 
 
 
$
428,000

 
 
 
Long-term
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Junior subordinated debentures (a)
$
169,788

 
5.26
%
(2) 
$
169,788

 
5.20
%
(2) 
Subordinated debentures (a)
125,000

 
7.13
%
 
125,000

 
7.13
%
 
FHLB advances
400,000

 
0.55
%
(3) 
50,000

 
3.75
%
(3) 
Total long-term borrowings
$
694,788

 
 
 
$
344,788

 
 
 
Unused Availability:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal funds (4)
$
630,500

 
 
 
$
630,500

 
 
 
FRB discount window (5)
363,590

 
 
 
403,752

 
 
 
FHLB advances (6)
1,506,937

 
 
 
265,529

 
 
 
Revolving line of credit
60,000

 
 
 
60,000

 
 
 
(a) 
Represents a borrowing at the holding company. The other borrowings are at the Bank.
(1) 
Also included in short-term borrowings on the Consolidated States of Financial Condition but not included in this table are amounts related to certain loan participation agreements for loans originated by us that were classified as secured borrowings because they did not qualify for sale accounting treatment. As of September 30, 2015, and December 31, 2014, these loan participation agreements totaled $4.2 million and $4.4 million, respectively. Corresponding amounts were recorded within the loan balance on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of each of these dates.
(2) 
Represents a weighted-average interest rate as of such date for our four series of outstanding junior subordinated debentures.
(3) 
Represents a weighted-average interest rate as of such date for our outstanding long-term fixed-rate FHLB advances.
(4) 
Our total availability of overnight Fed funds borrowings is not a committed line of credit and is dependent upon lender availability.
(5) 
Our borrowing capacity changes each quarter subject to available collateral and FRB discount factors.
(6) 
Our FHLB borrowing availability is subject to change based on the availability of acceptable collateral for pledging (such as loans and securities) and the level of our investment in stock of the FHLB Chicago. We would be required to invest an additional $75.3 million in FHLB Chicago stock to obtain this level of borrowing capacity. In third quarter 2015, we made an additional investment of $4.9 million in FHLB Chicago stock to temporarily increase our borrowing capacity.


89

Table of Contents

CAPITAL

Equity totaled $1.6 billion at September 30, 2015, increasing by $166.3 million compared to December 31, 2014, primarily attributable to $133.2 million of net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2015, and $27.2 million associated with stock-based compensation arrangements, including $14.5 million for the issuance of common stock in connection with the exercise of stock options.

Stock Repurchases and Shares Issued in Connection with Share-Based Compensation Plans

We currently do not have a stock repurchase program in place; however, we have repurchased shares in connection with the administration of our employee benefit plans. Under the terms of these plans, we accept shares of common stock from plan participants if they elect to surrender previously-owned shares upon exercise of options to cover the exercise price or, in the case of both restricted shares of common stock or stock options, the withholding of shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with the vesting of restricted shares or exercise of stock options. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we repurchased 170,854 shares of common stock at an average price of $34.78 per share.

We reissue treasury stock (at average cost), when available, or issue new shares to fulfill our obligation to issue shares granted pursuant to share-based compensation plans. For the nine months ended September 30, 2015, we issued 605,596 shares of common stock (representing a combination of newly issued shares and the reissuance of treasury stock) in connection with such plans largely due to the exercise of stock options. We held 1,601 shares of voting common stock as treasury stock at September 30, 2015, and 1,704 shares at December 31, 2014.

Dividends

We declared dividends of $0.01 per common share during third quarter 2015, unchanged from third quarter 2014. Based on our closing stock price on September 30, 2015, of $38.33 per share, the annualized dividend yield on our common stock was 0.10%. The dividend payout ratio, which represents the percentage of common dividends declared to stockholders to basic earnings per share, was 1.72% for third quarter 2015 compared to 1.92% for third quarter 2014. While we have no current plans to raise the amount of the dividends currently paid on our common stock, our Board of Directors periodically evaluates our dividend payout ratio, taking into consideration internal capital guidelines, and our strategic objectives and business plans.

For additional information regarding limitations and restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, refer to the "Supervision and Regulation" and "Risk Factors" sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

Capital Management

Under applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines, the Company and the Bank are subject to various capital requirements adopted and administered by the federal banking agencies. These guidelines specify minimum capital ratios calculated in accordance with the definitions in the guidelines, including the leverage ratio, which is Tier 1 capital as a percentage of adjusted average assets, and the Tier 1 risk-based capital, common equity Tier 1 and the total risk-based capital ratios, which are calculated based on risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items that have been weighted according to broad risk categories. These minimum ratios are shown in the table below.

To satisfy safety and soundness standards, banking institutions are expected to maintain capital levels in excess of the regulatory minimums depending on the risk inherent in the balance sheet, regulatory expectations and the changing risk profile of business activities. Under our capital management policy, we conduct periodic stress testing of our capital adequacy and target capital ratios at levels above regulatory minimums that we believe are appropriate based on various other risk considerations, including the current operating and economic environment and outlook, internal risk guidelines, and our strategic objectives as well as regulatory expectations.


90

Table of Contents

Table 25
Capital Measurements
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Actual (1)
 
FRB Guidelines
For Minimum
Regulatory Capital
 
Regulatory Minimum
For "Well-Capitalized"
under FDICIA
 
September 30,
2015
 
December 31,
2014
 
Ratio
 
Excess Over
Regulatory
Minimum at
9/30/15
 
Ratio
 
Excess Over
"Well
Capitalized"
under
FDICIA at
9/30/15
Regulatory capital ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
12.28
%
 
12.51
%
 
8.00
%
 
$
700,801

 
n/a

 
n/a

The PrivateBank
11.82

 
11.95

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
10.00
%
 
$
296,966

Tier 1 risk-based capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
10.39

 
10.49

 
6.00
%
 
718,644

 
n/a

 
n/a

The PrivateBank
10.69

 
10.79

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
8.00
%
 
439,263

Tier 1 leverage:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
10.35

 
9.96

 
4.00
%
 
1,043,376

 
n/a

 
n/a

The PrivateBank
10.65

 
10.24

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
5.00
%
 
926,342

Common equity Tier 1 (2):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated
9.35

 
9.41

 
4.50
%
 
794,308

 
n/a

 
n/a

The PrivateBank
10.69

 
10.79

 
n/a

 
n/a

 
6.50
%
 
684,297

Other capital ratios (consolidated) (3):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tangible common equity to tangible assets
9.23

 
8.91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) 
Computed in accordance with the applicable regulations of the FRB in effect as of the respective reporting periods.
(2) 
Effective January 1, 2015, the common equity Tier 1 ratio is a required regulatory capital measure and as presented for the 2015 periods is calculated in accordance with the new Basel III capital rules. For periods prior to January 1, 2015, this ratio was considered a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure and was calculated without giving effect to the final Basel III capital rules. Refer to Table 26, "Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures" for a reconciliation from non-U.S. GAAP to U.S. GAAP for periods prior to 2015.
(3) 
Ratio is not subject to formal FRB regulatory guidance and is a non-U.S. GAAP financial measure. Refer to Table 26, "Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures" for a reconciliation from non-U.S. GAAP to U.S. GAAP presentation.
n/a    Not applicable.

As disclosed in our 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K, in July 2013, the FRB and the FDIC issued final rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital framework and related Dodd-Frank Act changes. The rules revise minimum capital requirements and adjust prompt corrective action thresholds. The final rules revised the regulatory capital elements, added a new common equity Tier 1 ratio, increased the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirements and implemented a new capital conservation buffer. The rules also permit certain banking organizations to retain, through a one-time election, the existing treatment of excluding accumulated other comprehensive income from regulatory capital. The Company and the Bank have made this election. The final rules took effect for the Company and the Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to a transition period for certain parts of the rules.

The table above includes the new regulatory capital ratio requirements that became effective on January 1, 2015. Beginning in 2016, an additional capital conservation buffer will be added to the minimum requirements for capital adequacy purposes, subject to a three year phase-in period. The capital conservation buffer will be fully phased-in on January 1, 2019 at which time it will be common equity Tier 1 capital equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. A banking organization with a conservation buffer of less than 2.5 percent (or the required phase-in amount in years prior to 2019) will be subject to limitations on capital distributions, including dividend payments and certain discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. At the present time, the ratios for the Company and the Bank are sufficient to meet the fully phased-in conservation buffer.

As of September 30, 2015, all of our $169.8 million of outstanding junior subordinated debentures held by trusts that issued trust preferred securities, representing 10% of Tier 1 capital, are included in Tier 1 capital. The Tier 1 qualifying amount is limited to 25% of Tier 1 capital as defined under FRB regulations. Under the final regulatory capital rules issued in 2013, the Tier 1 capital

91

Table of Contents

treatment of our trust preferred securities was grandfathered, subject to the 25% limitation of Tier 1 capital. In the event we make certain acquisitions, the Tier 1 capital treatment for these instruments could be subject to the phase-out schedule for bank holding companies that had greater than $15 billion in total assets at the time the Dodd-Frank Act was adopted. All of our outstanding trust preferred securities are redeemable by us at any time, subject to receipt of required regulatory approvals and, in the case of the remaining $68.8 million of 10% Debentures issued by PrivateBancorp Capital Trust IV, compliance with the terms of the replacement capital covenant. In fourth quarter 2014, we redeemed $75.0 million of the 10% Debentures; we will continue to evaluate market conditions and other factors in determining whether to redeem any of the remaining outstanding instruments.

For a full description of our junior subordinated debentures and subordinated debt, refer to Notes 8 and 9 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in Item 1 of this Form 10-Q.

NON-U.S. GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

This report contains both U.S. GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP based financial measures. These non-U.S. GAAP financial measures include net interest income, net interest margin, net revenue, operating profit, and efficiency ratio all on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, return on average tangible common equity, tangible common equity to tangible assets, and tangible book value. We believe that presenting these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures will provide information useful to investors in understanding our underlying operational performance, our business, and performance trends and facilitates comparisons with the performance of others in the banking industry.

We use net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis in calculating various performance measures by increasing the interest income earned on tax-exempt assets to make it fully equivalent to interest income earned on taxable investments assuming a 35% tax rate. Management believes this measure to be the preferred industry measurement of net interest income as it enhances comparability to net interest income arising from taxable and tax-exempt sources, and accordingly believes that providing this measure may be useful for peer comparison purposes.

In addition to capital ratios defined by banking regulators, we also consider various measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy, including return on average tangible common equity, tangible common equity to risk-weighted assets, tangible common equity to tangible assets, and tangible book value. These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by banking regulators for both absolute and comparative purposes. All of these measures exclude the ending balances of goodwill and other intangibles while certain of these ratios exclude preferred capital components. Because U.S. GAAP does not include capital ratio measures, we believe there are no comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures to these ratios. We believe these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are relevant because they provide information that is helpful in assessing the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of our capitalization to other similar companies. However, because there are no standardized definitions for these ratios, our calculations may not be comparable with other companies. For the periods prior to January 1, 2015, the common equity Tier 1 ratio contained herein was calculated without giving effect to the final Basel III capital rules.

Non-U.S. GAAP financial measures have inherent limitations, are not required to be uniformly applied, and are not audited. Although these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures are frequently used by stakeholders in the evaluation of a company, they have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analyses of results as reported under U.S. GAAP. As a result, we encourage readers to consider our Consolidated Financial Statements in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.


92

Table of Contents

The following table reconciles non-U.S. GAAP financial measures to U.S. GAAP.

Table 26
Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures
(Dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended
 
2015
 
2014
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Taxable-equivalent net interest income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP net interest income
$
131,209

 
$
124,622

 
$
121,993

 
$
116,876

 
$
116,758

Taxable-equivalent adjustment
1,136

 
1,036

 
944

 
878

 
811

Taxable-equivalent net interest income (a)
$
132,345

 
$
125,658

 
$
122,937

 
$
117,754

 
$
117,569

Average Earning Assets (b)
$
16,050,598

 
$
15,703,136

 
$
15,293,533

 
$
15,022,425

 
$
14,283,920

Net Interest Margin ((a)annualized) / (b)
3.23
%
 
3.17
%
 
3.21
%
 
3.07
%
 
3.23
%
Net Revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Taxable-equivalent net interest income
$
132,345

 
$
125,658

 
$
122,937

 
$
117,754

 
$
117,569

U.S. GAAP non-interest income
30,789

 
33,059

 
33,516

 
30,426

 
30,669

Net revenue (c)
$
163,134

 
$
158,717

 
$
156,453

 
$
148,180

 
$
148,238

Operating Profit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP income before income taxes
$
72,626

 
$
73,668

 
$
66,718

 
$
60,157

 
$
65,701

Provision for loan and covered loan losses
4,197

 
2,116

 
5,646

 
4,120

 
3,890

Taxable-equivalent adjustment
1,136

 
1,036

 
944

 
878

 
811

Operating profit
$
77,959

 
$
76,820

 
$
73,308

 
$
65,155

 
$
70,402

Efficiency Ratio
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP non-interest expense (d)
$
85,175

 
$
81,897

 
$
83,145

 
$
83,025

 
$
77,836

Net revenue
$
163,134

 
$
158,717

 
$
156,453

 
$
148,180

 
$
148,238

Efficiency ratio (d) / (c)
52.21
%
 
51.60
%

53.14
%

56.03
%

52.51
%
Adjusted Net Income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP net income available to common stockholders
$
45,268

 
$
46,422

 
$
41,484

 
$
37,223

 
$
40,527

Amortization of intangibles, net of tax
353

 
398

 
397

 
449

 
458

Adjusted net income (e)
$
45,621

 
$
46,820

 
$
41,881

 
$
37,672

 
$
40,985

Average Tangible Common Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP average total equity
$
1,625,982

 
$
1,571,896

 
$
1,522,401

 
$
1,472,111

 
$
1,426,273

Less: average goodwill
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

Less: average other intangibles
4,291

 
4,897

 
5,551

 
6,243

 
6,996

Average tangible common equity (f)
$
1,527,650

 
$
1,472,958

 
$
1,422,809

 
$
1,371,827

 
$
1,325,236

Return on average tangible common equity ((e) annualized) / (f)
11.85
%
 
12.75
%
 
11.94
%
 
10.89
%
 
12.27
%


93

Table of Contents

Table 26
Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
2015
 
2014
Taxable-equivalent net interest income
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP net interest income
$
377,824

 
$
337,861

Taxable-equivalent adjustment
3,116

 
2,355

Taxable-equivalent net interest income (a)
$
380,940

 
$
340,216

Average Earning Assets (b)
$
15,685,194

 
$
13,931,019

Net Interest Margin ((a) annualized) / (b)
3.20
%
 
3.22
%
Net Revenue
 
 
 
Taxable-equivalent net interest income
$
380,940

 
$
340,216

U.S. GAAP non-interest income
97,364

 
87,164

Net revenue (c)
$
478,304

 
$
427,380

Operating Profit
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP income before income taxes
$
213,012

 
$
188,050

Provision for loan and covered loan losses
11,959

 
7,924

Taxable-equivalent adjustment
3,116

 
2,355

Operating profit
$
228,087

 
$
198,329

Efficiency Ratio
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP non-interest expense (d)
$
250,217

 
$
229,051

Net revenue
$
478,304

 
$
427,380

Efficiency ratio (d) / (c)
52.31
%
 
53.59
%
Adjusted Net Income
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP net income available to common stockholders
$
133,174

 
$
115,856

Amortization of intangibles, net of tax
1,148

 
1,374

Adjusted net income (e)
$
134,322

 
$
117,230

Average Tangible Common Equity
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP average total equity
$
1,573,806

 
$
1,380,422

Less: average goodwill
94,041

 
94,041

Less: average other intangibles
4,908

 
7,745

Average tangible common equity (f)
$
1,474,857

 
$
1,278,636

Return on average tangible common equity ((e) annualized) / (f)
12.18
%
 
12.29
%


94

Table of Contents

Table 26
Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands)
(Unaudited)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31
 
September 30
Common Equity Tier 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP total equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,481,679

 
$
1,435,309

Trust preferred securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
169,788

 
244,793

Less: accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
 
 
 
 
 
 
20,917

 
16,236

Less: goodwill
 
 
 
 
 
 
94,041

 
94,041

Less: other intangibles
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,885

 
6,627

Less: disallowed servicing rights
 
 
 
 
 
 
44

 
42

Tier 1 risk-based capital
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,530,580

 
1,563,156

Less: trust preferred securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
169,788

 
244,793

Common equity Tier 1 (g)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
1,360,792

 
$
1,318,363

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of
 
2015
 
2014
 
September 30
 
June 30
 
March 31
 
December 31
 
September 30
Tangible Common Equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP total equity
$
1,647,999

 
$
1,584,796

 
$
1,539,429

 
$
1,481,679

 
$
1,435,309

Less: goodwill
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

Less: other intangibles
4,008

 
4,586

 
5,230

 
5,885

 
6,627

Tangible common equity (h)
$
1,549,950

 
$
1,486,169

 
$
1,440,158

 
$
1,381,753

 
$
1,334,641

Tangible Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. GAAP total assets
$
16,894,605

 
$
16,225,895

 
$
16,361,348

 
$
15,603,382

 
$
15,190,468

Less: goodwill
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

 
94,041

Less: other intangibles
4,008

 
4,586

 
5,230

 
5,885

 
6,627

Tangible assets (i)
$
16,796,556

 
$
16,127,268

 
$
16,262,077

 
$
15,503,456

 
$
15,089,800

Risk-weighted Assets (j)
$
16,362,816

 
$
15,706,019

 
$
15,395,081

 
$
14,592,655

 
$
14,053,735

Period-end Common Shares Outstanding (k)
78,863

 
78,717

 
78,494

 
78,178

 
78,121

Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity Tier 1 ratio (g) / (j) (1)

 

 

 
9.33
%
 
9.38
%
Tangible common equity to tangible assets (h) / (i)
9.23
%
 
9.22
%
 
8.86
%
 
8.91
%
 
8.84
%
Tangible book value (h) / (k)
$
19.65

 
$
18.88

 
$
18.35

 
$
17.67

 
$
17.08

(1) 
Effective January 1, 2015, the common equity Tier 1 ratio became a required regulatory capital measure and is calculated in accordance with the new capital rules. For the periods prior to January 1, 2015, this ratio is considered a Non-GAAP measure and was calculated without giving effect to the final Basel III capital rules.

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE
DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

As a continuing part of our asset/liability management, we attempt to manage the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on our net interest income. This effort entails providing a reasonable balance between interest rate risk, credit risk, liquidity risk and maintenance of yield. We may manage interest rate risk by structuring the asset and liability characteristics of our balance sheet and/or by executing derivatives designated as cash flow hedges. We initiated the use of interest rate derivatives as part of

95

Table of Contents

our asset liability management strategy in July 2011 to hedge interest rate risk in our primarily floating-rate loan portfolio and, depending on market conditions, we may expand this program and enter into additional interest rate swaps.

Interest rate changes do not affect all categories of assets and liabilities equally or simultaneously. There are other factors that are difficult to measure and predict that would influence the effect of interest rate fluctuations on our Consolidated Statements of Income.

The majority of our interest-earning assets are floating-rate instruments. At September 30, 2015, approximately 80% of the total loan portfolio is indexed to LIBOR, including 69% indexed to 1 month LIBOR, and 16% of the total loan portfolio is indexed to the prime rate. Of the $9.2 billion in loans maturing after one year with a floating interest rate, $1.2 billion are subject to interest rate floors, of which 89% were in effect at September 30, 2015, and are reflected in the interest sensitivity analysis below. It is anticipated that as loans renew at maturity, it will be difficult to maintain existing floors given the competitive environment. To manage the interest rate risk of our balance sheet, we have the ability to use a combination of financial instruments, including medium-term and short-term financings, variable-rate debt instruments, fixed-rate loans and securities and interest rate swaps.

We use a simulation model to estimate the potential impact of various interest rate changes on our income statement and our interest-earning asset and interest-bearing liability portfolios. The starting point of the analysis is the current size and nature of these portfolios at the beginning of the measurement period as well as the then-current applicable pricing structures. During the twelve-month measurement period, the model re-prices assets and liabilities based on the contractual terms and market rates in effect at the beginning of the measurement period assuming instantaneous parallel shifts in the applicable yield curves and instruments then remain at that new interest rate through the end of the twelve-month measurement period. The model analyzes changes in the portfolios based only on assets and liabilities at the beginning of the measurement period and does not assume any asset or liability growth over the following twelve months.

The sensitivity analysis is based on numerous assumptions including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels, the shape of the yield curve, prepayments on loans and securities, levels of excess deposits, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows and others. While our assumptions are developed based upon current economic and local market conditions, we cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions including how client preferences or competitor influences might change. In addition, the simulation model assumes certain one-time instantaneous interest rate shifts that are consistent across all yield curves and do not continue to change over the measurement period. As such, these assumptions and modeling reflect an estimation of the sensitivity to interest rates or market risk and do not predict the timing and direction of interest rates or the shape and steepness of the yield curves. Therefore, the actual results may differ materially from these simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and management strategies.

Modeling the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in market interest rates is highly dependent on numerous assumptions incorporated into the modeling process. These assumptions are periodically reviewed and updated in the context of various internal and external factors including balance sheet changes, product offerings, product mix, external micro- and macro-economic factors, anticipated client behavior and anticipated Company and market pricing behavior, all of which may occur in dynamic and non-linear fashion. During 2014 and 2015, we conducted historical deposit re-pricing and deposit lifespan/retention analyses and adjusted our forward-looking assumptions related to client and market behavior. Based on our analyses and judgments, we modified the core deposit product repricing characteristics and retention periods, as well as average life estimates, used in our interest rate risk modeling which reflects higher interest rate sensitivity of our deposits.


96

Table of Contents

Based on our current simulation modeling assumptions, the following table shows the estimated impact of an immediate change in interest rates as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Analysis of Net Interest Income Sensitivity
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
Immediate Change in Rates
 
 
-50
 
+50
 
+100
 
+200
 
+300
September 30, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dollar change
 
$
(10,820
)
 
$
18,633

 
$
34,508

 
$
65,939

 
$
94,283

Percent change
 
-2.2
 %
 
3.8
%
 
7.1
%
 
13.5
%
 
19.4
%
December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dollar change
 
$
(6,216
)
 
$
16,199

 
$
30,586

 
$
60,158

 
$
88,083

Percent change
 
-1.4
 %
 
3.6
%
 
6.7
%
 
13.2
%
 
19.4
%

The table above illustrates the estimated impact to our net interest income over a one-year period reflected in dollar terms and percentage change. As an example, if there had been an instantaneous parallel shift in the yield curve of +100 basis points on September 30, 2015, net interest income would increase by $34.5 million, or 7.1%, over a twelve-month period, as compared to an increase in net interest income of $30.6 million, or 6.7%, if there had been an instantaneous parallel shift of +100 basis points at December 31, 2014. The slight increase in the above interest rate asset sensitivity at September 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014, is due to a net increase in rate-sensitive assets. Rate-sensitive assets, particularly loans indexed to short-term rates, increased during the nine months ended September 30, 2015. The increase was funded by rate-sensitive liabilities, primarily deposits and short-term borrowings. Though modification of assumptions somewhat contributed to a decrease in sensitivity, overall asset sensitivity increased during 2015 due primarily to asset and liability compositional changes. Based on our modeling, the Company remains in an asset sensitive position and expects to benefit from a rise in interest rates. We note, however, that 80% of our loans are indexed to LIBOR, mostly one-month LIBOR, and there can be no guarantee that action by the Federal Reserve to raise the target Fed funds rate will cause an immediate parallel shift in short-term LIBOR. We will continue to periodically review and refine, as appropriate, the assumptions used in our interest rate risk modeling.

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As of the end of the period covered by this report (the "Evaluation Date"), the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended September 30, 2015, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

In June 2013, we were served with a complaint naming the Bank as an additional defendant in a lawsuit pending in the Circuit Court of the 21st Judicial Circuit, Kankakee County, Illinois, known as Maas vs. Marek et. al. The lawsuit, brought by the beneficiaries of two trusts for which the Bank is serving as the successor trustee, seeks reimbursement of penalties and interest assessed by the IRS due to the late payment of certain generation skipping taxes by the trusts, as well as certain related attorney fees and other damages. The other named defendants include legal and accounting professionals that provided services related to the matters involved. In January 2014, the Circuit Court denied the Bank’s motion to dismiss, and the matter is now in the discovery process. Although we are not able to predict the likelihood of an adverse outcome, we currently anticipate that ultimate resolution of this matter will not have a material adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations.


97

Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2015, there were various other legal proceedings pending against the Company and its subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that the outcome of these proceedings will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Before making a decision to invest in our securities, you should carefully consider the information discussed in Part I, Item 1A. "Risk Factors" in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, regarding our business, financial condition and future results. You should also consider information included in this report, including the information set forth in Part I, Item 2, "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table summarizes the Company's monthly common stock purchases during the three months ended September 30, 2015, which are solely in connection with the administration of our employee share-based compensation plans. Under the terms of these plans, we accept shares of common stock from plan participants if they elect to surrender previously-owned shares upon exercise of options to cover the exercise price or, in the case of both restricted shares of common stock and stock options, the withholding of shares to satisfy tax withholding obligations associated with the vesting of restricted shares or exercise of stock options.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased
 
Average Price Paid per Share
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs
 
Maximum Number of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plan or Programs
July 1 - July 31,2015
485

 
$
40.13

 

 

August 1 - August 31, 2015
257

 
41.34

 

 

September 1 - September 30, 2015
117

 
36.48

 

 

Total
859

 
$
39.99

 

 


Unregistered Sale of Equity Securities

None.

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

None.


98

Table of Contents

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS
 
Exhibit
Number
Description of Documents
3.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of PrivateBancorp, Inc., dated August 6, 2013 is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-34006) filed on August 7, 2013.
 
 
3.2
Amended and Restated By-laws of PrivateBancorp, Inc. are incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-34066) filed on March 1, 2010.
 
 
3.3
Amendment to Amended and Restated By-laws of PrivateBancorp, Inc., is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-34066) filed on May 24, 2013.
 
 
4.1
Certain instruments defining the rights of the holders of certain securities of PrivateBancorp, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries, none of which authorize a total amount of securities in excess of 10% of the total assets of PrivateBancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, have not been filed as exhibits. PrivateBancorp, Inc. hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any of these agreements to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.
 
 
11
Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings - The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is included in Note 12 of the Company’s Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in "Item 1. Financial Statements" of this report on Form 10-Q.
 
 
12 (a)
Statement re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
15 (a)
Acknowledgment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
31.1 (a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
31.2 (a)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
32 (a) (b)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
99 (a) (b)
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
101 (a)
The following financial statements from the PrivateBancorp, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2015, filed on November 4, 2015, formatted in Extensive Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
(a) 
Filed herewith.
 
 
(b) 
This exhibit shall not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report on Form 10-Q to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
PrivateBancorp, Inc.
 
/s/ Larry D. Richman
Larry D. Richman
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
/s/ Kevin M. Killips
Kevin M. Killips
Chief Financial Officer and Principal Financial Officer

Date: November 4, 2015

99





Exhibit 12

PrivateBancorp, Inc.
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Nine Months Ended September 30,
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
Earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income before income taxes
$
213,012

 
$
248,207

 
$
199,943

 
$
132,417

 
$
70,200

 
$
64

 
Fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits
15,403

 
27,699

 
30,462

 
24,289

 
23,947

 
32,931

 
Earnings before fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits
228,415

 
275,906

 
230,405

 
156,706

 
94,147

 
32,995

 
Interest on deposits
34,742

 
41,951

 
40,713

 
42,814

 
50,072

 
74,037

 
Earnings before fixed charges, including interest on deposits
$
263,157

 
$
317,857

 
$
271,118

 
$
199,520

 
$
144,219

 
$
107,032

 
Fixed Charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense, excluding interest on deposits
$
15,403

 
$
27,699

 
$
30,462

 
$
24,289

 
$
23,947

 
$
32,931

 
Interest on deposits
34,742

 
41,951

 
40,713

 
42,814

 
50,072

 
74,037

 
Total fixed charges, including interest on deposits
$
50,145

 
$
69,650

 
$
71,175

 
$
67,103

 
$
74,019

 
$
106,968

 
Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense, excluding interest on deposits
$
15,403

 
$
27,699

 
$
30,462

 
$
24,289

 
$
23,947

 
$
32,931

 
Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 
13,368

 
13,690

 
13,607

 
Total fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, excluding interest on deposits
15,403

 
27,699

 
30,462

 
37,657

 
37,637

 
46,538

 
Interest on deposits
34,742

 
41,951

 
40,713

 
42,814

 
50,072

 
74,037

 
Total fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, including interest on deposits
$
50,145

 
$
69,650

 
$
71,175

 
$
80,471

 
$
87,709

 
$
120,575

 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Excluding interest on deposits
14.83

x
9.96

x
7.56

x
6.45

x
3.93

x
1.00

x
Including interest on deposits
5.25

x
4.56

x
3.81

x
2.97

x
1.95

x
1.00

x
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Excluding interest on deposits
14.83

x
9.96

x
7.56

x
4.16

x
2.50

x
 (a)

 
Including interest on deposits
5.25

x
4.56

x
3.81

x
2.48

x
1.64

x
 (a)

 
(a) Ratios for the period indicated was less than one, as earnings were inadequate to cover fixed charges. The dollar amount of the coverage deficiency for such period was $13.5 million. The amount is the same whether including or excluding interest on deposits.
 






Exhibit 15


Acknowledgment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

November 4, 2015

The Board of Directors
PrivateBancorp, Inc.

We are aware of the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of PrivateBancorp, Inc. (the "Company") of our report dated November 4, 2015 relating to the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company that are included in its Form 10-Q for the three- and nine- month periods ended September 30, 2015:

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-197918) pertaining to the PrivateBancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan, PrivateBancorp, Inc. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, PrivateBancorp, Inc. Strategic Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, PrivateBancorp, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan, PrivateBancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan and PrivateBancorp, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan;

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-174840) pertaining to the PrivateBancorp, Inc. 2011 Incentive Compensation Plan, PrivateBancorp, Inc. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, PrivateBancorp, Inc. Strategic Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, PrivateBancorp, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan, PrivateBancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan and PrivateBancorp, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan;

Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-166070) pertaining to the PrivateBancorp, Inc. Savings, Retirement and Employee Stock Ownership Plan;


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois






Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Larry D. Richman, President and Chief Executive Officer of PrivateBancorp, Inc., certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of PrivateBancorp, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report based on such evaluation; and

d)
disclosed in this quarterly report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 4, 2015
/s/ Larry D. Richman
Larry D. Richman
President and Chief Executive Officer
PrivateBancorp, Inc.






Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Kevin M. Killips, Chief Financial Officer of PrivateBancorp, Inc., certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of PrivateBancorp, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this quarterly report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this quarterly report;

4.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this quarterly report is being prepared;

b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this quarterly report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report based on such evaluation; and

d)
disclosed in this quarterly report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.
The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: November 4, 2015
/s/ Kevin M. Killips
Kevin M. Killips
Chief Financial Officer
PrivateBancorp, Inc.






Exhibit 32

The following certification is provided by the undersigned Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of PrivateBancorp, Inc. On the basis of such officer’s knowledge and belief for the sole purpose of complying with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

CERTIFICATION


In connection with the Quarterly Report of PrivateBancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 4, 2015 (the “Report”), the undersigned, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
By:
/s/ Larry D. Richman
Name:
Larry D. Richman
Title:
President and
 
Chief Executive Officer
Date:
November 4, 2015
 
 
By:
s/ Kevin M. Killips
Name:
Kevin M. Killips
Title:
Chief Financial Officer
Date:
November 4, 2015

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. This certification accompanies the Report and shall not be treated as having been filed as part of the Report.







Exhibit 99


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm



The Board of Directors
PrivateBancorp, Inc.

We have reviewed the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of PrivateBancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) as of September 30, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income for the three- and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated statements of changes in equity, and cash flows for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2015 and 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the consolidated financial statements referred to above for them to be in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the year then ended, not presented herein, and we expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements in our report dated March 2, 2015. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2014, is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated statement of financial condition from which it has been derived.


/s/ Ernst & Young
ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
November 4, 2015